Index: branches/stable/l10n-kf5/ru/docmessages/extragear-network/smb4k.po
===================================================================
--- branches/stable/l10n-kf5/ru/docmessages/extragear-network/smb4k.po	(nonexistent)
+++ branches/stable/l10n-kf5/ru/docmessages/extragear-network/smb4k.po	(revision 1504867)
@@ -0,0 +1,7702 @@
+#
+# Alexander Potashev <aspotashev@gmail.com>, 2014.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: \n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-08-01 03:30+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-11 23:17+0400\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alexander Potashev <aspotashev@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian <kde-russian@lists.kde.ru>\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
+"X-Environment: kde\n"
+"X-Accelerator-Marker: \n"
+"X-Text-Markup: docbook4\n"
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:11
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The &smb4k; Handbook"
+msgstr "Руководство пользователя &smb4k;"
+
+#. Tag: author
+#: index.docbook:13
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<firstname>Alexander</firstname> <othername></othername> <surname>Reinholdt</"
+"surname>"
+msgstr ""
+"<firstname>Alexander</firstname> <othername></othername> <surname>Reinholdt</"
+"surname>"
+
+#. Tag: email
+#: index.docbook:19
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "alexander.reinholdt AT kdemail.net"
+msgstr "alexander.reinholdt AT kdemail.net"
+
+#. Tag: trans_comment
+#: index.docbook:23
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS"
+msgstr ""
+"<othercredit role=\"translator\"><firstname>Александр</"
+"firstname><surname>Поташев</"
+"surname><affiliation><address><email>aspotashev@gmail.com</email></address></"
+"affiliation><contrib>Перевод на русский</contrib></othercredit>"
+
+#. Tag: holder
+#: index.docbook:27
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alexander Reinholdt"
+msgstr "Alexander Reinholdt"
+
+#. Tag: date
+#: index.docbook:30
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "2017-07-25"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: releaseinfo
+#: index.docbook:31
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&smb4k; 2.0.2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:33
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "&smb4k; is an advanced network neighborhood browser and a front end to "
+#| "the programs of the Samba software suite."
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; is an advanced network neighborhood browser and Samba share mounting "
+"utility."
+msgstr ""
+"&smb4k; &mdash; это многофункциональный браузер сетевого окружения, "
+"основанный на пакете программ Samba."
+
+#. Tag: keyword
+#: index.docbook:36
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<keyword>KDE</keyword>"
+msgstr "<keyword>KDE</keyword>"
+
+#. Tag: keyword
+#: index.docbook:37
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Smb4K"
+msgstr "Smb4K"
+
+#. Tag: keyword
+#: index.docbook:38
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<keyword>Samba</keyword>"
+msgstr "<keyword>Samba</keyword>"
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:47
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Введение"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:49
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This handbook describes &smb4k; 1.1.x and to some extent earlier versions."
+msgid ""
+"This handbook describes &smb4k; 2.0.x and to some extent earlier versions."
+msgstr ""
+"Это руководство описывает &smb4k; 1.1.x и, частично, более старые версии."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:50
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "&smb4k; is an advanced network neighborhood browser and a front end to "
+#| "the programs of the <ulink url=\"http://www.samba.org\">Samba software "
+#| "suite</ulink>. It provides many handy features that ease your life in a "
+#| "mostly &Windows;-dominated network environment:"
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; is an advanced network neighborhood browser and <ulink url=\"http://"
+"www.samba.org\">Samba</ulink> share mounting utility. It provides many handy "
+"features that ease your life in a mostly &Windows;-dominated network "
+"environment:"
+msgstr ""
+"&smb4k; &mdash; это многофункциональный браузер сетевого окружения, "
+"основанный на пакете программ <ulink url=\"http://www.samba.org\">Samba</"
+"ulink>. У него много удобных функций для облегчения работы в локальной сети "
+"с преобладанием компьютеров с &Windows;:"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:53
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning for (active) workgroups, hosts, and shares"
+msgstr "Сканирование (активных) рабочих групп, хостов и общих ресурсов"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:54
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Support of the CIFS (&Linux;) and SMBFS (FreeBSD) file system"
+msgid "Support of the CIFS (&Linux;) and SMBFS (FreeBSD, NetBSD) file system"
+msgstr "Поддержка файловых систем CIFS (&Linux;) и SMBFS (FreeBSD)"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:55
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Mounting and unmounting of shares"
+msgstr "Подключение и отключение общих папок"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:56
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Access to the files of a mounted share using a file manager or terminal"
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к файлам, расположенным в общих папках, через диспетчер файлов или "
+"терминал"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:57
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto-detection of external mounts and unmounts"
+msgstr ""
+"Отслеживание событий подключения и отключения общих папок извне программы"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:58
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Remounting of previously used shares on program start"
+msgstr ""
+"Повторное подключение при запуске программы использованных прежде общих папок"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:59
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Miscellaneous infos about remote network items and mounted shares"
+msgstr ""
+"Просмотр различной информации о объектах в сети о и подключённых общих папках"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:60
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Network search"
+msgstr "Поиск по сети"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:61
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "WINS server support"
+msgstr "Поддержка серверов WINS"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:62
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Preview of the contents of a share"
+msgid "Preview of the contents of a remote share"
+msgstr "Предварительный просмотр содержимого общей папки"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Several methods to look up the initial list of workgroups and domains"
+msgstr "Несколько способов получения начального списка рабочих групп и доменов"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:64
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default login"
+msgstr "Сохранение имени пользователя и пароля, используемых по умолчанию"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:65
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Special handling of homes shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:66
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Ability to bookmark favorite shares"
+msgstr "Возможность добавления выбранных общих папок в закладки"
+
+# BUGME: is this Plasma widget? --aspotashev
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:67
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<para>System tray widget</para>"
+msgstr "<para>Окно управления программой для системного лотка</para>"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:68
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Support of advanced Samba options"
+msgstr "Поддержка дополнительных параметров Samba"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:69
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Support of printer shares"
+msgstr "Поддержка общих принтеров"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:70
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "KWallet support"
+msgstr "Поддержка бумажника KDE (KWallet)"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:71
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Synchronization of a remote share with a local copy and vice versa"
+msgstr ""
+"Двухсторонняя синхронизация между общими папками и их копиями на компьютере"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:72
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Ability to define custom options for individual servers and shares"
+msgstr ""
+"Возможность задать особые параметры для отдельных хостов и общих ресурсов"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Laptop support through the Solid hardware device framework"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:74
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Wake-On-LAN capabilities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:76
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Profiles for different network neighborhood setups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:79
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The plasmoid has not been ported to &plasma; and QtQuick 2 yet. Thus, it has "
+"been disabled in this release. We are currently working on bringing this "
+"functionality back."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:81
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you encounter problems while using &smb4k;, please visit our <ulink url="
+"\"https://sourceforge.net/p/smb4k/wiki/Home/\">wiki</ulink> first. If you "
+"cannot find your problem described there, please post a help request to our "
+"<ulink url=\"https://sourceforge.net/p/smb4k/discussion/help/\">Help</ulink> "
+"forum. In case you find a bug, please report it to our <ulink url=\"https://"
+"bugs.kde.org/enter_bug.cgi?format=guided&amp;product=smb4k\">bug tracker</"
+"ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:82
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For discussions about &smb4k;-related topics there is the <ulink url="
+"\"https://sourceforge.net/p/smb4k/discussion/general/\">General Discussion</"
+"ulink> forum and we invite every user to participate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:90
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Using &smb4k;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:97
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Running &smb4k;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:99
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"After the installation, you can run &smb4k; either from the K menu or from "
+"the command prompt by typing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: index.docbook:99
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>smb4k</command></userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:100
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; does not take any arguments, except those that are known to all "
+"&kde; applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:102
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If your system is missing some of the programs &smb4k; needs to operate "
+"properly, it notifies the user:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:105
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the missing program notification"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:108
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The missing program notification"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:112
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In this case, please install the specified program or, if it is already "
+"present, add its location to the <envar>PATH</envar> environment variable in "
+"your shell's configuration file (for the <ulink url=\"man:/bash"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>bash</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> shell it is the <filename>~/.bashrc</"
+"filename> file)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:113
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In addition, it is recommended that you configure Samba before using "
+"&smb4k;. You may use the web-based <ulink url=\"man:/swat"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>swat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> utility for this purpose if you have Samba "
+"3 installed. However, it was removed from Samba 4. With this version, you "
+"can use other graphical tools (&eg; <application>system-config-samba</"
+"application>) or configure the <ulink url=\"man:/smb.conf"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smb.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> file manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:121
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Main Window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:123
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"On the first start-up, the main window of &smb4k; looks similar to the one "
+"shown below. The network neighborhood browser (<guilabel>Network "
+"Neighborhood</guilabel>), the network search widget (<guilabel>Network "
+"Search</guilabel>) and the mounted shares view (<guilabel>Mounted Shares</"
+"guilabel>) are arranged in a tab widget. Above them the menubar and "
+"toolbar(s) are located. Below them you find the status bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the main window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:129
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The main window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:133
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; comes with a compact unified toolbar as the default, but the user "
+"can still choose to use multiple toolbars. If you wish to use the classical "
+"way, four toolbars are defined, for each widget one: the main toolbar, the "
+"toolbars for the <guilabel>Network Neighborhood</guilabel> widget, the "
+"<guilabel>Shares View</guilabel> widget and the <guilabel>Network Search</"
+"guilabel> widget. The unified toolbar contains some of the main actions, "
+"like <guimenuitem>Configure &smb4k;</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Quit</"
+"guimenuitem>. It also dynamically loads the actions of the dock widget that "
+"currently has got the focus. For additional information and some important "
+"warnings, please have a look at the sections discussing the <link linkend="
+"\"network_neighborhood_browser\">network neighborhood browser</link>, <link "
+"linkend=\"network_search_view\">search dialog</link>, and <link linkend="
+"\"shares_view\">mounted shares view</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:134
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The status bar gives some information about the current status of &smb4k;. "
+"If the application is processing a user request (&eg; mounting a share), a "
+"descriptive message is displayed in the leftmost section and a progress bar "
+"is shown with a busy indicator. The two icons on the right hand side "
+"indicate if there are shares mounted (remote folder icon) and the status of "
+"the authentication system (wallet or key icon)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:135
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If the dock widgets are arranged as tabs, the user gets additional visual "
+"feedback. Each time a share is mounted or unmounted, the <guilabel>Mounted "
+"Shares</guilabel> tab is highlighted for a few seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:136
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The main window is highly configurable. You can hide or show all tabbed "
+"widgets (<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Dock Widgets</"
+"guimenuitem></menuchoice>). They can also be dragged around with the mouse "
+"and docked to different areas in the main window. You can even detach them "
+"from the main window. The status bar and the toolbars can be hidden/shown by "
+"toggling the menu entry <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</"
+"guimenu><guimenuitem>Show Statusbar</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and the ones "
+"under <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Toolbars Shown</"
+"guimenuitem></menuchoice>, respectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:144
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Network Neighborhood Browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:146
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The interaction with the network neighborhood is done with the "
+"<guilabel>Network Neighborhood</guilabel> browser. It contains all network "
+"items &#8212; &ie; workgroups, servers, and shares &#8212; &smb4k; was able "
+"to find. They are organized in a network tree, and you can navigate through "
+"it by either clicking the control next to the item name or by executing the "
+"item itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:147
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the network tree, the master browser of each workgroup or domain is "
+"highlighted by blue font color. Mounted shares are marked with the "
+"respective folder icon and an italic font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:150
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the network neighborhood browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:153
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The network neighborhood browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:157
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The selection of multiple network items is supported. So, it is possible to "
+"&eg; mount or preview several shares at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:164
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Browsing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:166
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; automatically scans the network neighborhood for active workgroups "
+"and domains on start-up and presents them in the network neighborhood "
+"browser. Opening a workgroup item shows the servers belonging to it. If you "
+"want to access the shares of one of the servers, you have to open the "
+"desired server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:167
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"There are two scan modes available. The traditional one, where initially "
+"only workgroups and domains are looked up and scans are only made when "
+"necessary &#8212; &ie; when you execute a network item &#8212;, and one, "
+"where the network is scanned periodically for <emphasis>all</emphasis> "
+"available network items including servers and shares. While the former one "
+"is the default, the latter one can be enabled in the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_network_periodic_scanning\">configuration dialog</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:168
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"There are <link linkend=\"configuration_network_browselist\">three methods</"
+"link> to retrieve the browse list: The default one is to scan the network "
+"neighborhood for all available master browsers. The second and third method "
+"directly query a master browser to get the browse list. The difference is "
+"that the former is a dynamic one, where the current master browser of your "
+"workgroup or domain is looked up and used, and the latter is a static one, "
+"where a fixed name or IP address is used. It is recommended that you choose "
+"the dynamic method. However, there might be circumstances that make it "
+"necessary to use a static name or IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:169
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"There is also the possibility to wake up sleeping servers prior to scanning "
+"the network neighborhood (Wake-On-LAN). If this feature is enabled, &smb4k; "
+"sends a magic package to each server that is to be woken up and waits the "
+"defined time until it starts the lookup of the workgroups and domains. The "
+"Wake-On-LAN setting can be turned on in the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_network_wake_on_lan\">configuration dialog</link>. The "
+"servers that should to be woken up have to be defined in the <link linkend="
+"\"network_neighborhood_browser_defining_custom_options\">Custom Options</"
+"link> dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:177 index.docbook:489 index.docbook:627
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Actions and Popup Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:179
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For the network neighborhood browser several actions are defined. They are "
+"present in the menubar under <guimenu>Network</guimenu>, in the toolbar and "
+"the popup menu. The following ones are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:184
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycap>F5</keycap></shortcut> <guimenuitem>Scan Network|Workgroup|"
+"Computer</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:190 index.docbook:3563
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Scan the whole network neighborhood, the highlighted workgroup/domain or "
+"computer for new entries. This action is visible by default and will be "
+"replaced by the <guimenuitem>Abort</guimenuitem> action if a network scan is "
+"running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:195 index.docbook:507
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Abort</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:201 index.docbook:3575
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Abort any running process of the network neighborhood browser. This action "
+"is invisible by default and will only be visible instead of the "
+"<guimenuitem>Scan Network|Workgroup|Computer</guimenuitem> action when a "
+"network scan is running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:207 index.docbook:686 index.docbook:968
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Add Bookmark"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:211
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Add a bookmark to the currently selected remote share. This action is "
+"disabled if no share is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:212 index.docbook:691
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Read the <link linkend=\"bookmarks_adding\">Adding Bookmarks</link> section "
+"for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:217
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Open Mount Dialog</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:223 index.docbook:3598
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Open the <link linkend=\"network_neighborhood_browser_mounting\">dialog</"
+"link> for mounting shares \"manually\". This feature may be needed if "
+"&smb4k; cannot find a server from which you want to mount a certain shared "
+"resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:228
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>T</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Authentication</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:234 index.docbook:3610
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Open the <link linkend=\"network_neighborhood_browser_authentication"
+"\">authentication dialog</link>. You can provide the login and password for "
+"the selected server or share. If a workgroup or no item is selected, this "
+"action is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Custom Options</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:245 index.docbook:3622
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Open the <link linkend=\"network_neighborhood_browser_defining_custom_options"
+"\">Custom Options</link> dialog. You can set several custom options for the "
+"selected server or share. If a workgroup or no item is selected, this menu "
+"entry is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:250
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>V</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Preview</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:256 index.docbook:3634
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"network_neighborhood_browser_previewing\">Preview</link> the "
+"contents of the selected remote share. This action is only enabled if a "
+"share is selected. Printer shares cannot be previewed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:261
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>P</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Print File</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:267 index.docbook:3646
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"network_neighborhood_browser_printing\">Print</link> a file "
+"on a remote printer. This action is only available if a printer share is "
+"selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:272 index.docbook:528
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Mount</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:278 index.docbook:3658
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Mount the selected remote share. By default and if you clicked anything "
+"different than a share with type \"Disk\" or \"IPC\", this action is "
+"disabled. If you selected a mounted share, this action is replaced by the "
+"<guimenuitem>Unmount</guimenuitem> action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:283 index.docbook:539 index.docbook:660
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>U</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Unmount</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:289 index.docbook:545 index.docbook:3670 index.docbook:3740
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Unmount the selected share. This action is invisible by default and will "
+"only be visible instead of the <guimenuitem>Mount</guimenuitem> action when "
+"the share is currently mounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:294
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Although you can interact with the network neighborhood using the keyboard "
+"shortcuts mentioned above, in most cases it is more convenient to use the "
+"mouse. By right clicking you can open a popup menu. It contains all actions "
+"that are available in the network neighborhood browser. Depending on the "
+"position where you clicked (on a network item or on the viewport), some of "
+"them may be disabled. The figure below shows the popup menu opened on a "
+"remote share."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:297
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the popup menu of the network neighborhood browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:303
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The popup menu of the network neighborhood browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:314 index.docbook:749 index.docbook:1567 index.docbook:1626
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Tooltips"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:316
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For each network item a tooltip is provided that contains various "
+"information like the name of the workgroup and master browser, the name and "
+"IP address of the host, the name of the share, &etc;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:317
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The tooltips can be disabled in the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_user_interface_network_tooltips\">configuration dialog</"
+"link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:325 index.docbook:570
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Mounting a Share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:327
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "There are three options available to mount a remote share:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:330
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Execute the icon representing the remote share in the network neighborhood "
+"browser. (Depending on your &kde; settings, this is done by either single or "
+"double clicking the icon.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:331
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Select the remote share and click the <guimenuitem>Mount</guimenuitem> menu "
+"entry. Alternatively, you can press the <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; "
+"<keycap>M</keycap></keycombo> keyboard shortcut."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:332
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If &smb4k; was not able to find the server where the share is located, you "
+"can press the <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; "
+"<keycap>O</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Open Mount Dialog</"
+"guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu entry and a mount dialog will be opened:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:334
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the \"Mount Share\" dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:337
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The \"Mount Share\" dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:340
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Here you can enter the location of the share either as <ulink url=\"http://"
+"en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Uniform_Naming_Convention#Uniform_Naming_Convention"
+"\">Uniform Naming Convention (UNC)</ulink> address in the form "
+"<programlisting>//[USER@]SERVER/SHARE</programlisting> or <programlisting>\\"
+"\\[USER@]SERVER\\SHARE</programlisting> or as URL in the form "
+"<programlisting>[smb:]//[user@]server:port/share</programlisting> The "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> button will be enabled and you can press it to "
+"mount the share. However, it is advisable to enter the IP address and the "
+"workgroup of the server, too. If you want to add the share to the bookmarks "
+"at the same time, tick the <guibutton>Add this share to the bookmarks</"
+"guibutton> check box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:343
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Often a share is password protected. In this case, an <link linkend="
+"\"network_neighborhood_browser_authentication\">authentication dialog</link> "
+"will appear and you have to enter the correct user name (if not already "
+"provided) and password. &smb4k; will proceed mounting the share unless a "
+"wrong user name or password was supplied. In that case, the authentication "
+"dialog will reappear. If the mount process was successful, the user will be "
+"shown a notification and the share will appear in the <link linkend="
+"\"shares_view\">mounted shares view</link>. If mounting fails, a "
+"notification with the error message that was returned by <ulink url=\"man:/"
+"mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> (&Linux;) or "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount_smbfs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_smbfs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> (FreeBSD, "
+"NetBSD) will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:351
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Printing Files on Remote Printers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:353
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"To print a file on a remote printer, open the print dialog by clicking the "
+"printer icon or choosing the <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul"
+"\">&Ctrl; <keycap>P</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Print File</"
+"guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:355
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the print dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:358
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The print dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:361
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Printer</guilabel> section various information about the "
+"printer is shown. Under <guilabel>File</guilabel> you have to provide the "
+"path to the file you want to print. The number of copies can be defined "
+"under <guibutton>Options >></guibutton>. Press <guibutton>Print...</"
+"guibutton> to start the print process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:362
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; currently supports PDF, Postscript, image, and text files. If you "
+"try to print a file with an unsupported mimetype, a notification with an "
+"error message will appear telling you the mimetype is not supported. In this "
+"case you have to convert the file manually to Postscript or PDF and try "
+"again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:370
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Previewing Shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:372
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; provides the ability to preview remote shares. If you click the "
+"<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>V</keycap></"
+"keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Preview</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu "
+"entry, the contents of the selected remote share will be opened in a preview "
+"dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:374
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the preview dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:377
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The preview dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:380
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The preview dialog acts like a simple file manager. You can navigate through "
+"the contents of the remote share by clicking the folder icons in the list "
+"view and the <guibutton>Up</guibutton>, <guibutton>Back</guibutton>, and "
+"<guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button. The current location is displayed in "
+"the combo box on the right hand side. The <guibutton>Reload</guibutton> "
+"button reloads the contents of the current folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:381
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"By default, the preview dialog only shows folders and files that are not "
+"hidden. You can change this behavior in the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_network_general_behavior\">configuration dialog</link>. File "
+"transfers or the like are not possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:389
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Providing Authentication Information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:391
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Many servers or remote shares are password protected. In that case, a "
+"password dialog appears asking you for the user name and password. The same "
+"happens, if you click the <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul"
+"\">&Ctrl; <keycap>T</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut><guimenuitem>Authentication</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:393
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the authentication dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:396
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The authentication dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:399
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If a user name has already been provided, it will be shown in the respective "
+"field. If it is wrong or no user name was provided, you have to enter one. "
+"The password, however, may be left blank. Clicking the <guibutton>OK</"
+"guibutton> button will commit the data. Depending on your choice in the "
+"<link linkend=\"configuration_page_authentication\">configuration dialog</"
+"link>, the user name and password will be stored permanently in a digital "
+"wallet or not all. In the latter case you will have to provide them "
+"<emphasis>every time</emphasis> they are needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:407
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Defining Custom Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:409
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use the <guilabel>Custom Options</guilabel> dialog if you want to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:411
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"define custom Samba options for a single server or share that deviate from "
+"the ones defined in the configuration dialog,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:412
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"define a server that should be woken up prior to network scans or mount "
+"attempts (Wake-On-LAN feature, see <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_network_wake_on_lan\">here</link>),"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:413
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"always mount a certain share on start-up or if the corresponding profile is "
+"loaded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:415
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The dialog is opened by clicking the <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action="
+"\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Custom "
+"Options</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:418
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the custom options dialog for a share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:424
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The custom options dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:429
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <guibutton>Default</guibutton> button is enabled if the entries in the "
+"dialog deviate from the settings you defined in the configuration dialog. By "
+"clicking it, you can reset the entries in the dialog to their default "
+"values. The <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button is enabled if you changed the "
+"settings in the dialog. Clicking it will commit the custom settings and "
+"close the dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:430
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Under FreeBSD and NetBSD, the dialog contains less entries than if you run a "
+"different operating system, because several of the options are not supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:433 index.docbook:2092 index.docbook:3403
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<title>Samba</title>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:435
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection, the settings in the custom options dialog "
+"either apply to all shares of a server or to a single one. You can define "
+"the SMB port, the file system port (&Linux; only), the write access, the "
+"user ID, the group ID and if Kerberos should be used for authentication. For "
+"detailed information on the individual settings, please see <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_page_samba\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:439 index.docbook:1841 index.docbook:3413
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Wake-On-LAN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:441
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"To make the Wake-On-LAN feature work, you need to provide the MAC address of "
+"the server you selected. Currently, &smb4k; has no way to determine the MAC "
+"address, so you need to find it out on your own. Afterwards, you can define "
+"if &smb4k; should send a magic Wake-On-LAN package to the selected host "
+"before the network neighborhood is scanned and/or one of its shares is "
+"mounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:450 index.docbook:1176
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Adding Bookmarks"
+msgstr "Создание закладок"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:452
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "A bookmark is added by selecting a remote share (only these can be "
+#| "bookmarked) and pressing the <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>B</"
+#| "keycap></keycombo> keyboard shortcut or selecting the <guimenuitem>Add "
+#| "Bookmark</guimenuitem> menu item. The bookmark will then be accessible "
+#| "through the <guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu> menu. See the section <link "
+#| "linkend=\"mainwindow_bookmarks\">Handling Bookmarks</link> for more "
+#| "details."
+msgid ""
+"A bookmark is added by selecting a remote share (only these can be "
+"bookmarked) and pressing the <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>B</"
+"keycap></keycombo> keyboard shortcut or selecting the <guimenuitem>Add "
+"Bookmark</guimenuitem> menu item. The bookmark will then be accessible "
+"through the <guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu> menu. See the section <link linkend="
+"\"bookmarks\">Bookmarks</link> for more details."
+msgstr ""
+"Закладки можно создавать только для ресурсов. Чтобы добавить закладку, "
+"выберите общий ресурс и нажмите на клавиатуре <keycombo action=\"simul"
+"\">&Ctrl; <keycap>B</keycap></keycombo> или используете пункт меню "
+"<guimenuitem>Добавить закладку</guimenuitem>. Закладка появится в меню "
+"<guimenu>Закладки</guimenu>. Для получения большей информации прочитайте "
+"раздел <link linkend=\"mainwindow_bookmarks\">Управление закладками</link>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:453
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The bookmarks can be used to mount remote shares."
+msgstr ""
+"Закладки можно использовать для быстрого подключения общих папок, без "
+"необходимости поиска по сетевому окружению."
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:462
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Network search"
+msgid "The Network Search View"
+msgstr "Поиск по сети"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:464
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Network Search</guilabel> view consists of the combo box where "
+"you can enter the search item and a list view where the search results are "
+"shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:466
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Screenshot of the bookmarks addition dialog"
+msgid "Screenshot of the network search view"
+msgstr "Снимок диалогового окна добавления закладки"
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:469
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Network search"
+msgid "The network search view"
+msgstr "Поиск по сети"
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:478
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Searching"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:480
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; searches the network neighborhood for shares that match or contain "
+"the search string. To start a search, enter the term into the input box and "
+"either press the &Enter; key or click the <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo "
+"action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>S</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut><guimenuitem>Search</guimenuitem></menuchoice> action next to the "
+"input box. All network shares that match the search criterion are listed in "
+"the list view. If they are already mounted on the system, they are marked "
+"accordingly. If the search fails, an error message is displayed. Starting a "
+"new search will clear the list view. If you need to abort a search, click "
+"the <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>A</"
+"keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Abort</guimenuitem></menuchoice> "
+"action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For the network search also several actions are defined. They are present in "
+"the menu bar under <guimenu>Search</guimenu>, the tool bar, in the widget "
+"itself and in its popup menu. The following ones are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:496
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Search</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:502 index.docbook:3693
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Search for the string that was entered in the search dialog. This action is "
+"visible by default and will be replaced by the <guimenuitem>Abort</"
+"guimenuitem> action if a network search is running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:513 index.docbook:3705
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Abort the network search. This action is invisible by default and will only "
+"be visible instead of the <guimenuitem>Search</guimenuitem> action if a "
+"network search is running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Clear"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:523 index.docbook:3716
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Clear the whole network search dialog. This action does not only clear the "
+"list view, but also the search item history in the combo box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:534 index.docbook:3728
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Mount a remote share from within the search dialog. Alternatively, you can "
+"double click the network share in the list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:550
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The popup menu contains two entries: The <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Clear</"
+"guimenuitem></menuchoice> action and the <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo "
+"action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut><guimenuitem>Mount</guimenuitem></menuchoice> | "
+"<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>U</keycap></"
+"keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Unmount</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dual "
+"action. The <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;"
+"<keycap>S</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Search</guimenuitem></"
+"menuchoice> | <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; "
+"<keycap>A</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Abort</guimenuitem></"
+"menuchoice> dual action is located next to the search input box (as well as "
+"in the menu bar and tool bar)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:553
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the network search view's popup menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:559
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The network search view's popup menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:572
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"A discovered share can directly be mounted by either double clicking it or "
+"by selecting it and choosing the <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action="
+"\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>D</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Mount</"
+"guimenuitem></menuchoice> action from the popup menu. When mounting a homes "
+"share, you are asked to provide the user name and a share with that name is "
+"mounted. The homes share itself will, thus, not be labeled as mounted "
+"afterwards. Due to a shortcoming of the utility program that does the actual "
+"search (the <ulink url=\"man:/smbtree"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbtree</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> command), &smb4k; cannot discriminate "
+"between printer and normal shares. Mounting a printer share will fail and an "
+"error notification will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:581
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Mounted Shares View"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:583
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the shares view, you can interact with the mounted shares on your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:590
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Different Views"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:592
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; comes with two alternative views: an icon and a list view. They are "
+"both shown below. The default one is the icon view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:593
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The icon view:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:595
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the shares icon view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:601
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The shares icon view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:605
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The list view:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:607
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the shares list view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:613
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The shares list view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:618
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You can switch between the two views by selecting either the appropriate "
+"entry in the <guimenuitem>View Modes</guimenuitem> from the <link linkend="
+"\"mainwindow_overview\"><guimenu>Shares View</guimenu></link> menu of the "
+"main window or in the shares view's <link linkend="
+"\"shares_view_actions_popup_menu\">popup menu</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:619
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"By default, only your own mounts are displayed. However, you can tell "
+"&smb4k; to show all mounts by altering the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_page_shares_behavior\">respective settings</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:629
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For the shares view several actions are defined. They are present in the "
+"menu bar under <guimenu>Shares</guimenu>, the tool bar and in its popup "
+"menu. The following ones are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:634
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "View Modes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:637 index.docbook:3762
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Choose the view mode from the submenu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:641
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guimenuitem>Icon View</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:644 index.docbook:3773
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The shares are shown in an icon view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:649
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guimenuitem>List View</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:652 index.docbook:3785
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The shares are shown in a list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:666
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Unmount one or multiple selected shares. The ability to unmount shares is by "
+"default restricted to the ones that are owned by you. However, you can "
+"change this behavior by changing the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_page_shares_behavior\">settings</link> in the configuration "
+"dialog. If no share is selected in the shares view, this button is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:667 index.docbook:3801
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; also provides the ability to force the unmounting of shares (&Linux; "
+"only). This might be useful with inaccessible shares that cannot be "
+"unmounted the normal way. To enable this feature, you need to modify the "
+"<link linkend=\"configuration_page_shares_behavior\">settings</link> in the "
+"configuration dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:668 index.docbook:680 index.docbook:3802
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Read the <link linkend=\"shares_view_unmounting\">Unmounting Shares</link> "
+"section for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>N</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Unmount All</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:679 index.docbook:3814
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Unmount all shares at once. The restrictions noted above also apply here. If "
+"you do not have any shares mounted, this button is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:690
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Add a bookmark to the currently selected mounted share. This action is "
+"disabled if no share is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:696
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Y</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Synchronize</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:702 index.docbook:3837
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Start the <link linkend=\"shares_view_synchronization\">synchronization</"
+"link> of a share with a local copy or vice versa. This menu entry is only "
+"enabled if you installed the program <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and a share is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:707
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>L</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Open with Konsole</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:713
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Open the base folder of a share in &konsole;. This menu item is useful if "
+"you need to run shell scripts, &etc;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:718
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>I</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Open with File Manager</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:724
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Open the contents of a share in the default file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:729
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The popup menu includes all actions that can be performed on a mounted share:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:731
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the popup menu of the shares view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:737
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The popup menu of the shares view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:741
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "It can be opened by clicking the right mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:751
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The tooltips provide information about the share name, the mount point, the "
+"user and group, the login, the file system, the disk usage, and the free "
+"disk space. If the share is <link linkend=\"shares_view_inaccessible_shares"
+"\">inaccessible</link>, these values are marked as unknown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:752
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Tooltips are enabled by default. You can deactivate them in the <link "
+"linkend=\"configuration_user_interface_shares_tooltips\">configuration "
+"dialog</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:760
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Inaccessible Shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:762
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; periodically checks all mounted shares if they are still accessible. "
+"If an inaccessible share is encountered, it will be marked with a <link "
+"linkend=\"shares_view_icons\">locked folder icon</link> and you will not be "
+"able to open or synchronize it anymore. Unmounting and adding a bookmark is "
+"still possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:763
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The program might freeze for a short period of time due to an inaccessible "
+"share. It will recover afterwards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:771
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:773
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Three different icons may be presented to the user:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:775
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of three different icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:781
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Three different icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:786
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The icon on the left hand side indicates that this share is not accessible. "
+"&smb4k; won't allow you to open it or to do synchronization with it. You "
+"will only be able to unmount it or add a bookmark."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:787
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The central icon indicates that the share is online, accessible, and owned "
+"by you. You may perform all available actions on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:788
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"All shares marked with a warning sign like the one on the right hand side "
+"are owned by another user. They are only shown if you adjusted the <link "
+"linkend=\"configuration_page_shares_behavior\">settings</link> to display "
+"them. In the default configuration, you are not allowed to unmount these "
+"shares, but you can <link linkend=\"configuration_page_shares_behavior"
+"\">change this behavior</link>, too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:797
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Drag-and-Drop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:799
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; supports drag-and-drop in the shares view. To transfer or link data "
+"to a share, drag the files and/or folders over the share icon and drop them "
+"there. A popup menu will open asking you what you want to do. Choose the "
+"appropriate action (copy, move or link)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:801
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the shares view after the user dropped a file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:807
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "A popup menu opened after the user dropped a file onto a share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:811
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"To avoid the popup menu, press the &Shift; key for moving, the &Ctrl; key "
+"for copying and the <keycombo>&Ctrl;&Shift;</keycombo> key combination for "
+"linking while dragging and dropping. The transfer will only be successful if "
+"the share was mounted with read and write permissions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:812
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You can also drag and drop the whole share to the desktop or to another "
+"application (&eg; &dolphin;). Again, a popup menu will open asking you, what "
+"you want to do. When choosing the appropriate operation, please remember "
+"that under most circumstances moving and linking the share might not be a "
+"good idea."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:820
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Unmounting Shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:822
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"One or multiple selected shares may be unmounted by either clicking the "
+"<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>U</keycap></"
+"keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Unmount</guimenuitem></menuchoice> action "
+"or by pressing its keyboard shortcut. By default, the ability to unmount a "
+"share is restricted to the ones that are owned by you. This behavior can be "
+"altered in the <link linkend=\"configuration_page_shares_behavior"
+"\">configuration dialog</link>. If you enabled the unmounting of shares that "
+"are owned by other users, you will be presented with a warning dialog prior "
+"to the actual unmount:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:824
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot of the warning dialog that is shown when a foreign share is to be "
+"unmounted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:830
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The warning dialog that is shown when unmounting foreign shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:834
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you click the <guibutton>Yes</guibutton> button, the share will "
+"definitely be unmounted. So, please think twice before you decide to unmount "
+"shares that are owned by other users!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:835
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Inaccessible shares are unmounted with a \"normal\" unmount by default. If "
+"this should fail, you can <link linkend=\"configuration_page_shares_behavior"
+"\">configure</link> &smb4k; so as to perform a <ulink url=\"man:/umount"
+"\">lazy unmount</ulink> on inaccessible shares (&Linux; only)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:836
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"All shares can be unmounted at once by clicking the "
+"<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>N</keycap></"
+"keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Unmount All</guimenuitem></menuchoice> "
+"action. Depending on your settings, this will also unmount foreign and "
+"inaccessible shares."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:837
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"After a successful unmount process, the user is notified. If unmounting "
+"fails, a notification with the returned error message will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:845 index.docbook:2694
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Synchronization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:847
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>Y</"
+"keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Synchronize</guimenuitem></"
+"menuchoice> menu item opens the synchronization dialog. It offers you the "
+"mount point of the share as source and a path below the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_page_synchronization_copying_defdest\">synchronization "
+"prefix</link> as destination. To update the data on the share, you can swap "
+"the destination with the source by clicking the <guibutton>Swap Paths</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the synchronization input dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:855
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&URL; requester for sync'ing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:859
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Clicking the <guibutton>Synchronize</guibutton> button starts the "
+"synchronization. By left clicking on the <guibutton>Notifications</"
+"guibutton> button in the system tray, a progress dialog can be opened that "
+"shows some details about the transfer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:861
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the synchronization progress dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:867
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Progress dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:871
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the default, collapsed version it displays the source and destination of "
+"the file that is currently transferred, the transfer rate and the overall "
+"progress. More information like the number of transferred files and a "
+"graphical representation of the transfer rate can be seen by clicking the "
+"<guibutton>[+]</guibutton> (More) button on the left below to the progress "
+"bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:872
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The synchronization can be paused or canceled at any time by pressing the "
+"pause or stop button to the right of the progress bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:875
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The total number of files that is shown in the progress dialog corresponds "
+"to the number of files present on the share and not necessarily to the total "
+"number of files that will actually be transferred."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:876
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The progress is calculated from the number of transferred files devided by "
+"the total number of files present on the share. Their size is not "
+"considered. That means that one very large file adds to the progress as much "
+"as a very small one does. Also, due to the way <application>rsync</"
+"application> displays the transfer progress, the progress bar is only "
+"updated after the transfer of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:885
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Opening a Share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:887
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&smb4k; provides two possibilities to open a mounted share:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:889
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Open a share with &konsole;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:890
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You can open the mounted share in &konsole; by selecting the "
+"<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>L</keycap></"
+"keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Open with Konsole</guimenuitem></"
+"menuchoice> action. This is useful if you need to run shell scripts on the "
+"share or similar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:892
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Open a share with the default file manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:893
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You can open the share in the default file manager (&eg; &dolphin;) by "
+"clicking the share icon or selecting the <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo "
+"action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>I</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut><guimenuitem>Open with File Manager</guimenuitem></menuchoice> "
+"action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:896
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If a share is marked as inaccessible, it cannot be opened."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:905
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The System Tray Widget"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:912
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Location and Usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:914
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When &smb4k; is started, an icon appears in your system tray."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:917
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the system tray widget"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:920
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<phrase>System tray widget</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:924
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"By left clicking the icon, you can minimize or restore the main window. A "
+"right click brings up a popup menu that contains several menu items allowing "
+"you to work with the mounted shares, manage or mount your bookmarks, select "
+"the profile you want to use and to configure &smb4k; without the need to "
+"open the main window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:932
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Menus and Menu Items"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:934
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <guimenuitem>Mounted Shares</guimenuitem> menu lists all mounted shares "
+"and some actions that can be performed on them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:937
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the Mounted Shares popup menu of the system tray widget"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:940
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "System tray widget's Mounted Shares menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:947
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Unmount All"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:950
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Unmount all shares at once. Depending on your <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_page_shares_behavior\">settings</link>, &smb4k; attempts to "
+"unmount either only those shares that are owned by you or all that are "
+"listed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:955
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For each mounted share you can open a submenu that contains the following "
+"entries. For further information read <link linkend="
+"\"shares_view_actions_popup_menu\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:960
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Unmount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:963
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Unmount the share."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:971
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Add the selected share to the bookmarks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:976
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Synchronize"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:979
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Synchronize the mounted share with a local copy or vice versa. For further "
+"information read <link linkend=\"shares_view_actions_popup_menu\">here</"
+"link> and <link linkend=\"shares_view_synchronization\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:984
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Open with &konsole;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:987
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Open the base folder of the share in &konsole;."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:992
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Open with File Manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:995
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Open the contents of the share in the default file manager (&eg; &dolphin;)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1000
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <guimenuitem>Bookmarks</guimenuitem> menu contains all your bookmarks "
+"organized according to the structure you gave them (see also <link linkend="
+"\"bookmarks_adding\">here</link> and <link linkend=\"bookmarks_editor"
+"\">here</link>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1003
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Screenshot of the bookmarks addition dialog"
+msgid "Screenshot of the Bookmarks menu of the system tray widget"
+msgstr "Снимок диалогового окна добавления закладки"
+
+# BUGME: is this Plasma widget? --aspotashev
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1006
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "<para>System tray widget</para>"
+msgid "System tray widget's Bookmarks menu"
+msgstr "<para>Окно управления программой для системного лотка</para>"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1010
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Its layout is as described <link linkend=\"bookmarks_menu\">here</link> "
+"except that the <guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</guimenuitem> menu item is not "
+"present."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1011
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the <guimenuitem>Profiles</guimenuitem> menu, all <link linkend=\"profiles"
+"\">defined</link> profiles are listed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1014
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the Profiles menu of the system tray widget"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1017
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "System tray widget's Profiles menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You can activate a profile by clicking it. The profiles can be <link linkend="
+"\"profiles\">managed</link> via the <link linkend=\"configuration_profiles"
+"\">configuration dialog</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1022
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The other menu entries are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:1027
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Open Mount Dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1030
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Open the <link linkend=\"network_neighborhood_browser_mounting\">dialog</"
+"link> for \"manual\" mounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:1035
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configure &smb4k;..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Open the configuration dialog. See <link linkend=\"configuration\">here</"
+"link> for a full list of available settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:1043
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimize | Restore"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1046
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Hide (minimize) or show (restore) the main window. Which text is shown "
+"depends on the state of the main window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:1051
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut><guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1054
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Quit the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1169 index.docbook:1650
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Bookmarks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1178
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You can add bookmarks to your favorite shares from within the <link "
+#| "linkend=\"network_neighborhood_browser\">network neighborhood browser</"
+#| "link>, the <link linkend=\"mounted_shares_view\">shares view</link> and "
+#| "the <link linkend=\"plasmoid\">plasmoid</link>. In the dock widgets of "
+#| "the main window, this is done by selecting one or multiple shares and "
+#| "clicking the <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</guimenuitem></"
+#| "menuchoice> action. In the plasmoid, you click the respective bookmark "
+#| "action next to the item's name. A dialog will then pop up where you can "
+#| "add a label and/or assign a group to the bookmark."
+msgid ""
+"You can add bookmarks to your favorite shares from within the <link linkend="
+"\"network_neighborhood_browser\">network neighborhood browser</link> and the "
+"<link linkend=\"shares_view\">shares view</link>. In the dock widgets of the "
+"main window, this is done by selecting one or multiple shares and clicking "
+"the <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</guimenuitem></menuchoice> action. "
+"A dialog will then pop up where you can add a label and/or assign a group to "
+"the bookmark."
+msgstr ""
+"Создать закладку для часто используемого общего ресурса можно в <link "
+"linkend=\"network_neighborhood_browser\">списке ресурсов сети</link>, <link "
+"linkend=\"mounted_shares_view\">списке подключённых общих папок</link> или в "
+"<link linkend=\"plasmoid\">виджете Plasma</link>. Из главного окна программы "
+"это можно сделать, используя команду <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Добавить "
+"закладку</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. В виджете Plasma можно нажать кнопку "
+"добавления в закладки рядом с общим ресурсом. После нажатия соответствующей "
+"кнопки откроется диалоговое окно для выбора названия закладки и группы, в "
+"которую она будет добавлена."
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1181
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the bookmarks addition dialog"
+msgstr "Снимок диалогового окна добавления закладки"
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1184
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Bookmarks addition dialog"
+msgstr "Диалоговое окно добавления закладки"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1188
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Especially adding a group may help you to organize the bookmarks. In the "
+#| "bookmark menu, all bookmarks belonging to one group will be arranged in a "
+#| "submenu with the group entry as parent (see <link linkend="
+#| "\"mainwindow_bookmarks_menu\">below</link>)."
+msgid ""
+"Especially adding a group may help you to organize the bookmarks. In the "
+"bookmark menu, all bookmarks belonging to one group will be arranged in a "
+"submenu with the group entry as parent (see <link linkend=\"bookmarks_menu"
+"\">below</link>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы не запутаться в множестве закладок, их можно группировать. В меню "
+"закладок все закладки, находящиеся в одной группе, будут показаны во "
+"вложенном меню. Подробнее читайте <link linkend=\"mainwindow_bookmarks_menu"
+"\">ниже</link>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1189
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The label can be any text describing the share. In case you define a "
+#| "label, it will be displayed in the bookmarks menu instead of the UNC by "
+#| "default. If you want to change this behavior, you can do so in the <link "
+#| "linkend=\"configuration_user_interface_general_bookmarks\">configuration "
+#| "dialog</link>."
+msgid ""
+"The label can be any text describing the share. In case you define a label, "
+"it will be displayed in the bookmarks menu instead of the UNC by default. If "
+"you want to change this behavior, you can do so in the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_user_interface_misc_bookmarks\">configuration dialog</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Название закладки может быть любым, по вашему выбору. Если указать название, "
+"то оно будет показано в меню закладок вместо пути UNC. Но можно заставить "
+"программу всегда показывать путь UNC, с помощью соответствующего параметра в "
+"<link linkend=\"configuration_user_interface_general_bookmarks\">диалоге "
+"настройки</link>."
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1197
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Accessing and Managing Bookmarks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1199
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the main window, the bookmarks can be accessed and managed through the "
+"<guilabel>Bookmarks</guilabel> menu:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1202
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the bookmark popup menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1205
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Bookmark popup menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1209
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "In the menu there are two static items available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:1214
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Edit Bookmarks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1217 index.docbook:3883
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Open the <link linkend=\"bookmarks_editor\">bookmark editor</link>. This "
+"action is disabled if there are no bookmarks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:1222
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>B</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1228 index.docbook:3895
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Add one or several bookmarks. At least one share has to be selected to "
+"enable this action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1233
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "In case you have not defined any groups, there is a third item:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:1238
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Mount All Bookmarks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1241
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Mount all top-level bookmarks at once. It is disabled if all bookmarked "
+"shares are mounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1246
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"All other entries are either group submenus or shares that do not belong to "
+"a group. All entries are listed alphabetically and the bookmarks may either "
+"appear with their UNC address or descriptive label. By clicking a bookmark, "
+"the respective share is mounted. If a bookmarked share is mounted on the "
+"system, the bookmark entry is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1247
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For each group there is a submenu. It contains all bookmarks belonging to "
+"the group and a <guimenuitem>Mount All Bookmarks</guimenuitem> menu item. "
+"The latter one can be used to mount all bookmarks in that submenu at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1248
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the system tray widget, there is an identical <guilabel>Bookmarks</"
+"guilabel> <link linkend=\"systemtray_menus\">submenu</link> except that the "
+"<guilabel>Add Bookmark</guilabel> entry is missing. The bookmark groups and "
+"the bookmarks are listed in the view. Bookmarked shares can be mounted by "
+"clicking the respective entry. In the tool bar two actions are present: "
+"<guimenuitem>Back</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>. By "
+"clicking <guimenuitem>Back</guimenuitem> you can get back to the top level "
+"if you entered a group folder. The <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem> action "
+"will open the <link linkend=\"bookmarks_editor\">bookmark editor</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1256
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Editing Bookmarks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1258
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The bookmarks may be edited or removed via the bookmark editor. It can be "
+"opened by clicking the <guimenuitem>Edit Bookmarks</guimenuitem> entry in "
+"the <guilabel>Bookmarks</guilabel> menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1261
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the bookmark editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1264
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Bookmark editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1268
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the tree view, the bookmarks are arranged according to the groups they "
+"belong to. Bookmarks without groups are located at the top level. To "
+"rearrange bookmarks, the tree view offers drag and drop capabilities, so "
+"that you can move bookmarks around using the mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1269
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you want to edit a bookmark, you can do so by selecting it. The stored "
+"label, login, IP address and group name appear in the input widgets and "
+"become editable. In most cases, you do not need to touch the IP address and "
+"the login, because &smb4k; stored the correct values at the time you "
+"bookmarked the share. However, if the server got a different IP address "
+"(&eg; because DHCP is used on your local network) or your login changed, "
+"these entries should be adjusted. With the label you can give each bookmark "
+"a custom description. It will be used for display <emphasis>instead</"
+"emphasis> of the UNC address, but this can be changed in the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_user_interface_misc_bookmarks\">configuration dialog</link>. "
+"The group entry, finally, helps you to organize your bookmarks. Especially "
+"if you use &eg; your notebook at home and at work, and you do not want to "
+"use <link linkend=\"profiles\">profiles</link>, it might be a good idea to "
+"create two groups \"Home\" and \"Work\" and save the bookmarks accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1270
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The tree view also offers a popup menu containing the following three "
+"actions. They can be used to add groups or remove groups and/or bookmarks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1273
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the popup menu of the bookmark editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1276
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Popup menu of the bookmark editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:1283
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Add Group"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1286
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Add a bookmark group. After you created a group, you can move bookmarks to "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:1291
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1294
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Remove a selected bookmark or group. In case of a group, all bookmarks "
+"stored under that group are also removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:1299
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Clear Bookmarks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1302
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Remove all bookmarks from the tree view including all groups."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1306
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"After you finished editing, the changes can be committed by clicking the "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1315 index.docbook:3424 index.docbook:3470
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Profiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1317
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; offers the use of different profiles. They are intended for better "
+"handling of different network neighborhoods, &eg; if you are using your "
+"laptop at home and at work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1318
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"By default, the use of different profiles is disabled and a default profile "
+"is used: one profile for everything. Most users won't have to change "
+"anything, because the default behavior satisfies their needs completely. "
+"However, for some users this feature might be very useful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1325
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Enabling and Managing Profiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1326
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The use of different profiles can be enabled in the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_profiles\">configuration dialog</link>. The first profile in "
+"the list, most likely the <guilabel>Home</guilabel> profile, is picked to be "
+"the active profile. You can also enable the profile migration assistant."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1327
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Two profiles are pre-defined, <guilabel>Home</guilabel> and <guilabel>Work</"
+"guilabel>, but you can define as many profiles as you want. A new profile is "
+"added by entering its name into the edit line on the <guibutton>Profiles</"
+"guibutton> configuration page and clicking <guibutton>Add</guibutton> "
+"afterwards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1329
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the Profiles configuration page (add profile)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1335
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Profiles configuration page (add profile)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1339
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you want to rename a profile, just click it and edit the name edit line. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Add</guibutton> will update the name in the list view. "
+"All stored settings will be migrated seamlessly (without the use of the "
+"migration assistant). A profile can be removed by selecting it in the list "
+"view and clicking <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>. There is also the "
+"possibility to change the order of the profiles with the <guibutton>Move Up</"
+"guibutton> and <guibutton>Move Down</guibutton> buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1340
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In case you enabled the use of the migration assistant, it is always "
+"launched when you remove a profile or when you enable/disable the use of "
+"profiles. It provides the possibility to migrate all relevant settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1342
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "of a profile that is to be removed to another one"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1343
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "of the default profile to a specific other profile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1344
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "of all profiles back to the default profile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1346
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The following screenshot shows exemplarily the profile migration assistant "
+"after you enabled the use of profiles:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1348
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Screenshot of the bookmarks addition dialog"
+msgid "Screenshot of the profile migration assistant"
+msgstr "Снимок диалогового окна добавления закладки"
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1354
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Profile Migration Assistant"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1358
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Under <guilabel>Old Profile</guilabel> the old profile (<guilabel>&lt;"
+"Default Profile&gt;</guilabel> in this case) is listed. Under <guilabel>New "
+"Profile</guilabel> you can choose the profile where the settings should be "
+"migrated to from a drop-down menu. Clicking the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
+"button migrates the settings, clicking <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> cancels "
+"the action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1359
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In order to use the migration assistant when you enable the use of profiles "
+"the first time, you need to enable its use at the same time you enable the "
+"use of profiles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1367
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Activating a Profile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1368
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"By default, the first profile in the list is set active when you enable the "
+"use of profiles. The active profile can be changed in the <guimenu>Profiles</"
+"guimenu> menu of the main window or the system tray widget."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1369
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When a profile is activated, several things happen:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1371
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"All currently mounted shares are unmounted and are scheduled for remount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1372
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"All shares are remounted that were previously mounted under the activated "
+"profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1373
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The bookmarks of this profile are loaded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1374
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The custom options of this profile are loaded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1376
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"So, don't be surprised when things change when you selected a different "
+"profile ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1385
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Notifications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1392
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Default login"
+msgid "Default Behavior"
+msgstr "Сохранение имени пользователя и пароля, используемых по умолчанию"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1393
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Normal events like mounting and unmounting of a share as well as warnings "
+"and errors are reported to the user via system notifications. By default, "
+"when the user is notified about a normal event, a notification pops up "
+"silently. With warnings and errors also a sound is played. The screenshot "
+"below shows the notification that pops up after a share was mounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1395
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the notification after mounting a share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1398
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Mounting and unmounting of shares"
+msgid "Notification after mounting a share"
+msgstr "Подключение и отключение общих папок"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1401
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The default behavior of each notification can be changed via the <link "
+"linkend=\"notifications_manage\">&systemsettings;</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1409
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Managing Notifications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1410
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; uses notifications to inform the user about events, warnings and "
+"errors. They can be managed via the &systemsettings;. To modify the behavior "
+"of one or all notifications, open the <guibutton>Application and System "
+"Notifications</guibutton> module and choose the <guibutton>Manage "
+"Notifications</guibutton> entry. In the tab <guilabel>Applications</"
+"guilabel> select the <guilabel>Advanced Network Neighborhood Browser</"
+"guilabel> entry from the drop-down menu:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1412
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Screenshot of the bookmarks addition dialog"
+msgid "Screenshot of the systemsettings notification module"
+msgstr "Снимок диалогового окна добавления закладки"
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1415
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Systemsettings notification module"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1418
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"All available notifications are shown in the list view and can be edited, "
+"enabled and disabled according to your liking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1427
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Special Remarks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1434
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Remarks Regarding the Samba Security Fixes of April 12, 2016"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1436
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"On April 12, 2016 the Samba team released security fixes for the <ulink url="
+"\"http://www.badlock.org\">Badlock bug</ulink>. Unfortunately, they also "
+"introduced a regression that causes the <command>net</command> command to "
+"fail on many systems when querying remote hosts. If you experience this "
+"issue, you can add two lines to the [global] section of your <filename>smb."
+"conf</filename> file to make browsing work again:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: programlisting
+#: index.docbook:1438
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"[global]\n"
+"...\n"
+"client max protocol = SMB3\n"
+"client ipc max protocol = NT1\n"
+"..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1440
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Unfortunately, this fix for &smb4k; breaks the possibility to connect to the "
+"network neighborhood with &dolphin; and maybe also other programs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1448
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Remarks Regarding Denied Privilege Escalation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1450
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In case the mount and unmount actions fail with an "
+"<guilabel>AuthorizationDeniedError</guilabel>, your polkit-1 setup might "
+"need to be adjusted: Add a file, &eg; named <filename>10-mounthelper.rules</"
+"filename>, to the <filename class=\"directory\">$PREFIX/etc/polkit-1/rules.d/"
+"</filename> directory with the following content:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: programlisting
+#: index.docbook:1452
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"polkit.addRule(function(action, subject) {\n"
+"        if (action.id == \"org.kde.smb4k.mounthelper.mount\" &amp;&amp; \n"
+"            subject.isInGroup(\"wheel\")) {\n"
+"                return polkit.Result.YES;\n"
+"        }\n"
+"});\n"
+"\n"
+"polkit.addRule(function(action, subject) {\n"
+"        if (action.id == \"org.kde.smb4k.mounthelper.unmount\" &amp;&amp;\n"
+"            subject.isInGroup(\"wheel\")) {\n"
+"                return polkit.Result.YES;\n"
+"        }\n"
+"});"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1454
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This allows all users in the Unix group <emphasis>wheel</emphasis> to "
+"execute the mount and unmount action. You may adjust the group of authorized "
+"users to any group you need (&eg; <emphasis>sudo</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>operator</emphasis>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1462
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Remarks for FreeBSD Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1465
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Mounting of Shares (Smb4K >= 1.2.0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1467
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Since version 1.2.0, the password for a share is directly passed to "
+"<command>mount_smbfs</command>, so that the <filename>~/.nsmbrc</filename> "
+"is not necessary anymore for mounting to work. Moreover, &smb4k; will not "
+"write any data to that file anymore."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1476
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Remarks for NetBSD Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1478
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"NetBSD users should stick to the &kde;4-based &smb4k; for now, since the "
+"&plasma; desktop is not available in <ulink url=\"http://www.pkgsrc.org"
+"\">pkgsrc</ulink> yet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1489
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring &smb4k;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This section describes the settings that are available to configure &smb4k;. "
+"To open the configuration dialog, you have to click the <link linkend="
+"\"mainwindow_overview\"><guimenuitem>Configure &smb4k;...</guimenuitem></"
+"link> menu item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1498
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "User Interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1500
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"With the options located here you can change the appearance and behavior of "
+"several dialogs and widgets. Please note that if you want to change the "
+"appearance of the main window you will find additional options under "
+"<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> in the <link linkend=\"mainwindow_overview"
+"\">menubar</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1502
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the \"User Interface\" configuration tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1505
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The \"Appearance\" configuration tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1514
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Network Neighborhood"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1517 index.docbook:1746 index.docbook:1924
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Behavior"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1522
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatically expand domains and hosts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1525
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically expand domain and host items when a list of associated network "
+"items (domain members or shares) is added or updated. Please note that a "
+"domain or host item will always be expanded when you execute it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1526 index.docbook:1542 index.docbook:1551 index.docbook:1560
+#: index.docbook:1576 index.docbook:1635 index.docbook:1659 index.docbook:1701
+#: index.docbook:1783 index.docbook:1792 index.docbook:2034 index.docbook:2470
+#: index.docbook:2741 index.docbook:2751 index.docbook:2761 index.docbook:2830
+#: index.docbook:2898 index.docbook:2908 index.docbook:2918 index.docbook:2928
+#: index.docbook:2938
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1533
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Columns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1538
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Show the type of the share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1541
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The type of the shares is shown (i. e. Disk, Printer, or IPC)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1547
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Show the IP address of the server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1550
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The IP address of the remote servers is shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Show the comment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1559
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The comment of a remote server or share is shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1572
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Show a tooltip with information about the network item"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1575
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"A tooltip will be shown when you move the mouse pointer over an item in the "
+"network neighborhood browser. It contains information about the network item "
+"such as the workgroup or domain name, host name, comment, type, &etc;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1588
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Mounted Shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1591
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "View"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1596
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "View mode of the shares view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1599
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Define the view mode of the shares view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1600
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The following modes are defined:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1604
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guibutton>Icon View</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1607
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The icon view mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1612
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guibutton>List View</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1615
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The list view mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1619
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: <guibutton>Icon View</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1631
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Show a tooltip with information about the share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1634
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"A tooltip will be shown if you move the mouse pointer over an item in the "
+"shares view. It contains information about the underlying item such as the "
+"share name, UNC address, mount point, owner and group, login (CIFS file "
+"system, &Linux; only), disk usage, &etc;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1647
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1655
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Show custom bookmark label if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1658
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The custom description (label) of the bookmark is shown. It can be defined "
+"in the <link linkend=\"bookmarks_editor\">bookmark editor</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1672
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1674
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The options located here can be used to change the lookup method for the "
+"browse list, to make &smb4k; send authentication information when querying "
+"the workgroup master browsers, to modify the behavior when previewing or "
+"looking up remote shares, and to enable periodic scanning as well as the "
+"Wake-On-LAN features. If you want to adjust the behavior of Samba programs, "
+"see the <link linkend=\"configuration_page_samba\">Samba</link> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1677
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the \"Network\" configuration tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1680
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The \"Network\" configuration tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1689 index.docbook:2022 index.docbook:2109
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1692
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Browse List"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1697
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan the network neighborhood for available workgroups and domains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1700
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; will search for all available master browsers on the network by "
+"using <ulink url=\"man:/nmblookup\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>nmblookup</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink>. This is the "
+"default method and it is very reliable in finding all workgroups and domains "
+"of your network neighborhood. However, it suffers a few shortcomings like "
+"poor unicode support (&eg; umlauts might be replaced by dots)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1706
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Query the current workgroup master browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1709
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The current master browser of your workgroup or domain is looked up and "
+"queried for the browse list. If some of the workgroup names of your network "
+"neighborhood contain umlauts or other special characters, you might want to "
+"try this method, since unicode is supported. However, sometimes outdated "
+"workgroup master browsers might be returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1710 index.docbook:1719 index.docbook:1739 index.docbook:1801
+#: index.docbook:1825 index.docbook:1852 index.docbook:1913 index.docbook:1934
+#: index.docbook:1961 index.docbook:1970 index.docbook:1980 index.docbook:1989
+#: index.docbook:2058 index.docbook:2174 index.docbook:2183 index.docbook:2192
+#: index.docbook:2252 index.docbook:2285 index.docbook:2326 index.docbook:2452
+#: index.docbook:2461 index.docbook:2479 index.docbook:2488 index.docbook:2497
+#: index.docbook:2506 index.docbook:2772 index.docbook:2782 index.docbook:2793
+#: index.docbook:2803 index.docbook:2813 index.docbook:2840 index.docbook:2850
+#: index.docbook:2860 index.docbook:2871 index.docbook:2881 index.docbook:2948
+#: index.docbook:2973 index.docbook:2983 index.docbook:2993 index.docbook:3003
+#: index.docbook:3013 index.docbook:3023 index.docbook:3033 index.docbook:3043
+#: index.docbook:3097 index.docbook:3132 index.docbook:3203 index.docbook:3214
+#: index.docbook:3240 index.docbook:3250 index.docbook:3260 index.docbook:3270
+#: index.docbook:3280 index.docbook:3291 index.docbook:3309 index.docbook:3368
+#: index.docbook:3450 index.docbook:3459
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: not selected"
+msgstr "Значение по умолчанию: выключено"
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1715
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Query this custom master browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1718
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The master browser entered in the text box will be queried to retrieve the "
+"browse list. It can be specified by using either its NetBIOS name or its IP "
+"address. This option might be of use if you have an uncommonly configured "
+"network neighborhood."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1725
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <guibutton>Scan these broadcast areas</guibutton> method was removed "
+"prior to the release of &smb4k; 2.0.0, because it was buggy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1730 index.docbook:2001 index.docbook:2165
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1735
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The master browsers require authentication to return the browse list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1738
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If the workgroup master browsers require authentication to return the browse "
+"list, you need to check this button. This may be the case for example with "
+"some NAS devices. This setting is rarely needed and might even cause a "
+"master browser to return an empty browse list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1751
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Lookup method for IP addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1754
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Define the method that is to be used to detect the IP addresses of the "
+"hosts. By default, <ulink url=\"man:/nmblookup"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>nmblookup</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1755 index.docbook:2208
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The following options are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1759
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use nmblookup command"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1762
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Use the <ulink url=\"man:/nmblookup"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>nmblookup</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1767
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use net command"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1770
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Use the <ulink url=\"man:/net\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1774
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: <guibutton>Use nmblookup command</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1779
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Support of printer shares"
+msgid "Detect printer shares"
+msgstr "Поддержка общих принтеров"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1782
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Printer shares are detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1788
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Detect hidden shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1791
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Hidden shares are detected. Hidden shares are ending with a $ sign, e.g. "
+"Musik$ or IPC$."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1797
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preview hidden files and directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1800
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Show all files and directories including the hidden ones when opening a "
+"share's contents in the preview dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1813 index.docbook:3226
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Advanced Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1816
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Periodic Scanning"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1821
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan the network neighborhood periodically"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1824
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you want to enable periodic scanning of the network neighborhood, you "
+"need to check this button. With this method, all available network items are "
+"looked up, &ie; workgroups and domains, servers and shares."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1830
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Interval between scans"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1833
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If periodic scanning is enabled, this is the time in minutes that elapses "
+"until a new scan is triggered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1834 index.docbook:1952
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: 5 min"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1843
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"To be able to use the Wake-On-LAN capability of &smb4k;, you have to enable "
+"the setting in this section. The hosts that should to be woken up have to be "
+"defined through the <link linkend="
+"\"network_neighborhood_browser_defining_custom_options\">custom options "
+"dialog</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1848
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Enable Wake-On-LAN features"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1851
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Enable Wake-on-LAN (WOL) features. Wake-On-LAN is an ethernet computer "
+"networking standard that allows a computer to be turned on or woken up by a "
+"network message. Smb4K uses a magic package send via a UDP socket to wake up "
+"remote servers. If you want to take advantage of the Wake-On-LAN feature, "
+"you need to enable this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1857
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Waiting time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1860
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the waiting time in seconds between the sending of the magic Wake-On-"
+"LAN packages and the scanning of the network neighborhood or the mounting of "
+"a share."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1861
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: 5 s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1874
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1876
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"These options determine where &smb4k; will mount the remote shares and how "
+"it behaves &eg; on start-up and exit. If you want to configure the mount "
+"options, please see the <link linkend=\"configuration_page_samba\">Samba</"
+"link> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1879
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the \"Shares\" configuration tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1885
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The \"Shares\" configuration tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1895
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1900
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Mount prefix"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1903
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the base folder (mount prefix) where &smb4k; will mount the remote "
+"shares. It can be changed by using the &URL; requester (Click the button "
+"with the folder icon.) or by directly entering the new path into the text "
+"box. Path variables like <envar>$HOME</envar> are recognized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1904
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: <filename class=\"directory\">$HOME/smb4k/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1909
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Force generated subdirectories to be lower case"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1912
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"All subdirectories that are created by &smb4k; below the mount prefix will "
+"be lower case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1929
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Remote Ports"
+msgid "Remount shares"
+msgstr "Порты сервера"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1932
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Remount all your shares that were mounted when you exited the program or "
+"changed a profile. If the remounting of a share fails, Smb4K will retry the "
+"next time it is started. Shares that were mounted by other users are ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1933
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This setting does not affect the automatic remounting of shares when your "
+"computer woke up from a sleep state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guilabel
+#: index.docbook:1939
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Number of remount attempts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1942
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Set the number of attempts that are made to remount shares before Smb4K "
+"gives up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1943
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guilabel
+#: index.docbook:1948
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Interval between remount attempts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1951
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Set the time that elapses between attempts to remount shares."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1957
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Unmount all personal shares on exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1960
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Unmount all shares that belong to you when the program exits. Shares that "
+"are owned by other users are ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1966
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Force the unmounting of inaccessible shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1969
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Force the unmounting of inaccessible shares (&Linux; only). In case a share "
+"is inaccessible, a lazy unmount is performed. Before the actual unmounting "
+"is done, a warning dialog is shown asking to approve the unmount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1975
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Allow the unmounting of shares that are owned by other users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1978
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option will allow you to unmount shares that were mounted by other "
+"users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1979
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "USE WITH EXTREME CAUTION!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Detect all shares that are mounted on the system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1988
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You will not only see the shares that were mounted and are owned by you, but "
+"also all other mounts using the SMBFS (FreeBSD) and CIFS (&Linux;) file "
+"system that are present on the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2003
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Here you can change the settings affecting the authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:2006
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Screenshot of the bookmarks addition dialog"
+msgid "Screenshot of the \"Authentication\" configuration page"
+msgstr "Снимок диалогового окна добавления закладки"
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:2012
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The \"Authentication\" configuration page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2025
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Password Storage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2030
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Save logins in a wallet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2033
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The login names and passwords are stored in a subfolder named <filename role="
+"\"directory\">Smb4K</filename> of the current network wallet (default: "
+"\"kdewallet\"). The advantage of this method is, that the authentication "
+"data is stored permanently and encrypted on your hard drive. You only have "
+"to provide it once and the next time it is needed, &smb4k; will read it from "
+"the wallet. If you uncheck this option, the authentication data won't be "
+"stored at all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2041
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2046
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use a default login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2049
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The default login is used by default to authenticate to the servers in your "
+"network neighborhood. If you enable this feature, a password dialog pops up, "
+"where you can provide the default login information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:2051
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the default login input dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:2054
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The default login input dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2057
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You have to fill in at least the user name. Empty passwords are supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2070
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Wallet Entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2072
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Wallet Entries</guilabel> tab contains an editor with that you "
+"can modify or remove existing wallet entries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:2074
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the wallet entries editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:2077
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The wallet entries editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2080
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before you can edit the wallet entries, you have to load them from the "
+"wallet by pressing the <guibutton>Load</guibutton> button. The list of "
+"entries appears then on the left. An entry can be edited by selecting it and "
+"checking the <guibutton>Show details</guibutton> button. The details are "
+"then shown on the right and can be modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2081
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"An entry can be removed by right clicking it and choosing the "
+"<guimenuitem>Remove</guimenuitem> item from the popup menu. All wallet "
+"entries may be removed at once by choosing the <guimenuitem>Clear List</"
+"guimenuitem> item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2082
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Changes can be reset by choosing the <guimenuitem>Undo</guimenuitem> item "
+"from the popup menu either in the wallet entries list widget or in the "
+"details widget."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2083
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"After you finished editing, the changes have to be committed to the wallet "
+"by pressing <guibutton>Save</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2094
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Here you can directly influence the command line arguments that are passed "
+"to the Samba programs. Please note, that the settings will have no effect "
+"outside &smb4k; and that no changes will be applied to the <filename>smb."
+"conf</filename> configuration file. For further information, please refer to "
+"the manual pages of the Samba software suite."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:2097
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the \"Samba\" configuration page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:2100
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The \"Samba\" configuration page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2112
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2117
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "NetBIOS name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2120
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Set the NetBIOS name of your computer. The text box should already be filled "
+"with the information found in the <filename>smb.conf</filename> "
+"configuration file or with the hostname of your computer. Under normal "
+"circumstances there is no need to change anything here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2121
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Default: NetBIOS name defined in <filename>smb.conf</filename> or the "
+"hostname"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2129
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Set the name of the domain/workgroup your computer is in. The text box "
+"should already be filled with the information found in the <filename>smb."
+"conf</filename> configuration file. Under normal circumstances there is no "
+"need to change anything here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2130
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: domain name defined in <filename>smb.conf</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2135
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Socket options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2138
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Set the TCP socket options. Please refer to the <ulink url=\"man:/smb.conf"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smb.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> manual page to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2139
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: socket options defined in <filename>smb.conf</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2144
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "NetBIOS scope"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2147
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Set the NetBIOS scope. It is recommended that you read the <ulink url=\"man:/"
+"smb.conf\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smb.conf</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> manual page "
+"before entering anything here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2148
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: NetBIOS scope defined in <filename>smb.conf</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2153
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "SMB port"
+msgstr "Порт SMB"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2156
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Sets the remote SMB port number that is used by <ulink url=\"man:/net"
+#| "\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+#| "manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and <ulink url=\"man:/smbclient"
+#| "\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+#| "manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to communicate with a remote host. "
+#| "Under FreeBSD, this is also the port that is used for mounting."
+msgid ""
+"Sets the remote SMB port number that is used by <ulink url=\"man:/net"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry></ulink>, <ulink url=\"man:/smbclient"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and <ulink url=\"man:/smbclient"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbtree</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to communicate with a remote host. Under "
+"FreeBSD, this is also the port that is used for mounting."
+msgstr ""
+"Устанавливает номер порта SMB сервера, используемый программами <ulink url="
+"\"man:/net\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> и <ulink url=\"man:/smbclient"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> для взаимодействия с хостом. Во FreeBSD "
+"этот же порт будет использоваться для подключения общих папок."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2157
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Unless you are using a firewall or have a customized network setup, you do "
+"not need to change anything here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2158
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: 139"
+msgstr "Значение по умолчанию: 139"
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2170
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Try to authenticate with Kerberos"
+msgstr "Пытаться выполнить вход с помощью Kerberos"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2173
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Sets the remote SMB port number that is used by <ulink url=\"man:/net"
+#| "\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+#| "manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and <ulink url=\"man:/smbclient"
+#| "\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+#| "manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to communicate with a remote host. "
+#| "Under FreeBSD, this is also the port that is used for mounting."
+msgid ""
+"Use Kerberos for authentication in an Active Directory environment. This "
+"setting is used by <ulink url=\"man:/net\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink>, <ulink url="
+"\"man:/smbclient\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and <ulink url="
+"\"man:/smbtree\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbtree</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Устанавливает номер порта SMB сервера, используемый программами <ulink url="
+"\"man:/net\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> и <ulink url=\"man:/smbclient"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> для взаимодействия с хостом. Во FreeBSD "
+"этот же порт будет использоваться для подключения общих папок."
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2179
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Authenticate with local machine account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2182
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Sets the remote SMB port number that is used by <ulink url=\"man:/net"
+#| "\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+#| "manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and <ulink url=\"man:/smbclient"
+#| "\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+#| "manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to communicate with a remote host. "
+#| "Under FreeBSD, this is also the port that is used for mounting."
+msgid ""
+"Make queries to the remote server using the machine account of the local "
+"server. This setting is used by <ulink url=\"man:/net"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry></ulink>, <ulink url=\"man:/smbclient"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and <ulink url=\"man:/smbtree"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbtree</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Устанавливает номер порта SMB сервера, используемый программами <ulink url="
+"\"man:/net\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> и <ulink url=\"man:/smbclient"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> для взаимодействия с хостом. Во FreeBSD "
+"этот же порт будет использоваться для подключения общих папок."
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2188
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use Winbind ccache for authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2191
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Sets the remote SMB port number that is used by <ulink url=\"man:/net"
+#| "\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+#| "manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and <ulink url=\"man:/smbclient"
+#| "\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+#| "manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to communicate with a remote host. "
+#| "Under FreeBSD, this is also the port that is used for mounting."
+msgid ""
+"Try to use the credentials cached by Winbind. This setting is used by <ulink "
+"url=\"man:/net\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink>, <ulink url="
+"\"man:/smbclient\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and <ulink url="
+"\"man:/smbtree\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbtree</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Устанавливает номер порта SMB сервера, используемый программами <ulink url="
+"\"man:/net\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> и <ulink url=\"man:/smbclient"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> для взаимодействия с хостом. Во FreeBSD "
+"этот же порт будет использоваться для подключения общих папок."
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2199
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2204
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Signing state"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2207
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Set the client signing state. This setting is used by <ulink url=\"man:/"
+"smbclient\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and <ulink url="
+"\"man:/smbtree\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbtree</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2212
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "None"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2215
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do not set the client signing state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2220
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guibutton>On</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2223
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Set the client signing state to <emphasis>on</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2228
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guibutton>Off</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2231
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Set the client signing state to <emphasis>off</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2236
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Required"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Set the client signing state to <emphasis>required</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2243
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: None"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2248
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Encrypt SMB transport"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2251
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option requires the remote server to support the &UNIX; extensions. "
+"Request that the connection be encrypted. This is new for Samba 3.2 and will "
+"only work with Samba 3.2 or above servers. Fails the connection if "
+"encryption cannot be negotiated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2264
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Utility Programs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2267
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "nmblookup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2272
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Broadcast address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2275
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Send a query to the given broadcast address. Without this option the default "
+"behavior of nmblookup is to send the query to the broadcast address of the "
+"network interfaces as either auto-detected or defined in the "
+"<programlisting>interfaces = ...</programlisting> parameter of the "
+"<filename>smb.conf</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2276 index.docbook:2301
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: options defined in <filename>smb.conf</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2281
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Try and bind to UDP port 137 to send and receive UDP datagrams"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2284
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The reason for this option is a bug in Windows 95 where it ignores the "
+"source port of the requesting packet and only replies to UDP port 137. Under "
+"normal circumstances, you do not need to tick this check box. If you "
+"experience problems while scanning the network and you want to enable this "
+"option, read the manual page of <ulink url=\"man:/nmblookup"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>nmblookup</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> before."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2292
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "smbclient"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2297
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Name resolve order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2300
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Determine what naming services and in what order are used to resolve host "
+"names to IP addresses. The option takes a space-separated string of "
+"different name resolution options. The options are: \"lmhost\", \"host\", "
+"\"wins\" and \"bcast\". For further information see the manual page of "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/smbclient\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2306
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Buffer size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2309
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Change the transmit/send buffer size when getting or putting a file from/to "
+"a remote server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2310
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: 65520 Bytes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2317
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "smbtree"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2322
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Send requests as broadcasts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2325
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Query network nodes by sending requests as broadcasts instead of querying "
+"the local master browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2339
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Mounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2341
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This configuration page contains all settings regarding the mounting of "
+"shares. The settings appearing here are depending on the operation system "
+"you are using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:2344
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Screenshot of the bookmarks addition dialog"
+msgid "Screenshot of the \"Mounting\" configuration page"
+msgstr "Снимок диалогового окна добавления закладки"
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:2347
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The \"Mounting\" configuration page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2356
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Common Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2361
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "User ID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2364
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Sets the owner of the files and directories on the file system. By default, "
+"your UID is used. To change the UID, press the search button and choose one "
+"from the drop down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2365
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: your UID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2370
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Group ID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2373
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Sets the group that owns the files and directories on the file system. By "
+"default, your GID is used. To change the GID, press the search button and "
+"choose one from the drop down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2374
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: your GID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2379
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "File mask"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2382
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Sets the permissions that are applied to files. The value is given in octal "
+"and has to have 4 digits. To learn more about the file mask (fmask), you "
+"should read the <ulink url=\"man:/mount"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and <ulink url=\"man:/umask"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>umask</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> manual pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2383 index.docbook:2392
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: 0755"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2388
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Directory mask"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2391
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Sets the permissions that are applied to directories. The value is given in "
+"octal and has to have 4 digits. To learn more about the folder mask (dmask), "
+"you should read the <ulink url=\"man:/mount"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and <ulink url=\"man:/umask"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>umask</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> manual pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2397
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Write access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2400
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Here you can determine if the shares should be mounted <emphasis>read-write</"
+"emphasis> or <emphasis>read-only</emphasis> by default. This option is "
+"independent of the file mask and the folder mask settings above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2401
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: read-write"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2406
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Client character set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2409
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sets the character set used by the client side (&ie; your computer)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2410 index.docbook:2420
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2415
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Server codepage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2418
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sets the codepage the remote server uses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2419
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "This option is only available under FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2425
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "File system port"
+msgstr "Порт файловой системы"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2428
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Sets the file system port number that is used by <ulink url=\"man:/mount."
+#| "cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+#| "refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> when "
+#| "mounting a remote share. The default port number (445) should work for "
+#| "all modern operating systems. If you experience problems, try setting the "
+#| "port number to 139. If the problems only occur with a few hosts, it is "
+#| "recommended not to set the port number here globally, but to use the "
+#| "<link linkend=\"network_neighborhood_browser_custom\">Custom Options</"
+#| "link> dialog to define the port number individually for the problematic "
+#| "hosts."
+msgid ""
+"Sets the file system port number that is used by <ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> when mounting a remote share. The default "
+"port number (445) should work for all modern operating systems. If you "
+"experience problems, try setting the port number to 139. If the problems "
+"only occur with a few hosts, it is recommended to leave this option "
+"untouched and to use the <link linkend="
+"\"network_neighborhood_browser_defining_custom_options\">Custom Options</"
+"link> dialog to define individual port numbers for the problematic hosts."
+msgstr ""
+"Устанавливает номер порта файловой системы, используемый программой <ulink "
+"url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> при "
+"подключении общей папки. Используемый по умолчанию порт 445 будет работать "
+"на большинстве современных операционных систем. При возникновении проблем "
+"попробуйте поменять номер порта на 139. Если проблема возникает только при "
+"подключении к некоторым хостам, рекомендуется выполнить смену порта не "
+"здесь, а отдельно для каждого проблемного хоста, указав для них <link "
+"linkend=\"network_neighborhood_browser_custom\">особые параметры</link>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2429
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This option is only available under &Linux;. Under FreeBSD, the port for "
+#| "mounting shares is set with <guibutton>SMB port</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"This option is only available under &Linux;. Under FreeBSD, the port for "
+"mounting shares is set with the <guibutton>SMB port</guibutton> option."
+msgstr ""
+"Этот параметр доступен только в &Linux;. Во FreeBSD для подключения общих "
+"папок используется порт, указанный в поле <guibutton>порт SMB</guibutton>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2430
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: 445"
+msgstr "Значение по умолчанию: 445"
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2441
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Advanced Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#: index.docbook:2443
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "(This widget is not available under FreeBSD and NetBSD.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2444
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Most of the options you can define here require &Linux; kernel 2.6.15 or "
+"later to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2448
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Definitely assign the UID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2451
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Instruct the client (i.e. your side) to ignore any user ID (UID) provided by "
+"the server for files and directories and to always assign the owner to be "
+"the value of the transmitted UID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2457
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Definitely assign the GID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2460
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Instruct the client (i.e. your side) to ignore any group ID (GID) provided "
+"by the server for files and directories and to always assign the owner to be "
+"the value of the transmitted GID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2466
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do permission checks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The client side checks if you have the correct UID and GID to manipulate "
+"files and directories on the share. This is in addition to the normal ACL "
+"check on the target machine done by the server software. You might want to "
+"switch this feature off, if the server(s) support the CIFS Unix extensions "
+"and you are, hence, not allowed to access the share."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2475
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Attempt to set UID and GID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2478
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If the CIFS Unix extensions are negotiated with the server the client side "
+"will attempt to set the effective UID and GID of the local process on newly "
+"created files, directories, and devices. If this feature is turned off, the "
+"default UID and GID defined for the share will be used. It is recommended "
+"that you read the manual page of <ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> before you change this setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2484
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use server inode numbers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2487
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Use inode numbers (unique persistent file identifiers) returned by the "
+"server instead of automatically generating temporary inode numbers on the "
+"client side. This parameter has no effect if the server does not support "
+"returning inode numbers or similar. It is recommended that you read the "
+"manual page of <ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> before you change this setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2493
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Translate reserved characters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2496
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Translate six of the seven reserved characters (not backslash, but including "
+"the colon, question mark, pipe, asterisk, greater than and less than "
+"characters) to the remap range (above 0xF000), which also allows the client "
+"side to recognize files created with such characters by &Windows;’s POSIX "
+"emulation. This can also be useful when mounting to most versions of Samba. "
+"This has no effect if the server does not support Unicode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2502
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do not use locking"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2505
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do not use locking. Do not start lockd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2511
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "SMB protocol version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2514
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Define which version of the SMB protocol is to be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2515 index.docbook:2562
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The following values are allowed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "1.0 (Classic CIFS/SMBv1 protocol)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2522
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>vers=1.0</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use the "
+"classic CIFS/SMBv1 protocol."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2527
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "2.0 (Windows Vista SP1/Windows Server 2008)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2530
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>vers=2.0</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use the "
+"SMBv2.002 protocol. This was initially introduced in Windows Vista Service "
+"Pack 1, and Windows Server 2008."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2532
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Note that the initial release version of Windows Vista spoke a slightly "
+"different dialect (2.000) that is not supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2538
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "2.1 (Windows 7/Windows Server 2008R2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2541
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>vers=2.1</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use the "
+"SMBv2.1 protocol that was introduced in Microsoft Windows 7 and Windows "
+"Server 2008R2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2546
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "3.0 (Windows 8/Windows Server 2012)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2549
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>vers=3.0</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use the "
+"SMBv3.0 protocol that was introduced in Microsoft Windows 8 and Windows "
+"Server 2012."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2553
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: <guibutton>1.0 (Classic CIFS/SMBv1 protocol)</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2558
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Cache mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2561
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Define how read and write requests are handled. In case you choose to not "
+"cache file data at all, the client never utilizes the cache for normal reads "
+"and writes. It always accesses the server directly to satisfy a read or "
+"write request. If you choose to follow the CIFS/SMB2 protocol strictly, the "
+"cache is only trusted if the client holds an oplock. If the client does not "
+"hold an oplock, then the client bypasses the cache and accesses the server "
+"directly to satisfy a read or write request. Choosing to allow loose caching "
+"semantics can sometimes provide better performance on the expense of cache "
+"coherency. This option might cause data corruption, if several clients "
+"access the same set of files on the server at the same time. Because of "
+"this, the strict cache mode is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2566
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do not cache file data at all"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2569
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>cache=none</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to not cache "
+"file data at all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2574
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Follow the CIFS/SMB2 protocol strictly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2577
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>cache=strict</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to follow the "
+"CIFS/SMB2 protocol strictly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2582
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Allow loose caching semantics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2585
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>cache=loose</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to allow loose "
+"caching semantics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: <guibutton>Follow the CIFS/SMB2 protocol strictly</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2594
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Security mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2597
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Security mode. To be able to use this option, the CIFS kernel module 1.40 or "
+"later is needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2598
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The allowed values are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2602
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Connect as a null user (no name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2605
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>sec=none</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to attempt to "
+"connect as a null user (no name)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2610
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Kerberos 5 authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2613
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>sec=krb5</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use "
+"Kerberos version 5 authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2618
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Kerberos 5 authentication and packet signing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2621
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>sec=krb5i</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use "
+"Kerberos version 5 authentication and force packet signing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2626
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "NTLM protocol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2629
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>sec=ntlm</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use NTLM "
+"password hashing. Up to &Linux; kernel version 3.8 this is the default "
+"setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2634
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "NTLM protocol and packet signing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2637
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>sec=ntlmi</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use NTLM "
+"password hashing and force packet signing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2642
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "NTLMv2 protocol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2645
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>sec=ntlmv2</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use NTLMv2 "
+"password hashing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2650
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "NTLMv2 protocol and packet signing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2653
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>sec=ntlmv2i</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use NTLMv2 "
+"password hashing and force packet signing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2658
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "NTLMSSP protocol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2661
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>sec=ntlmssp</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use NTLMv2 "
+"password hashing encapsulated in a Raw NTLMSSP message. Since &Linux; kernel "
+"version 3.8 this is the default setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2666
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "NTLMSSP protocol and packet signing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2669
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>sec=ntlmssp</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use NTLMv2 "
+"password hashing encapsulated in a Raw NTLMSSP message and force packet "
+"signing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: <guibutton>NTLMSSP protocol</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2678
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Additional options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Define additional options for use with <ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink>. Clicking the edit button to the right of "
+"the line edit opens an input dialog where the options have to be provided in "
+"a comma-separated list. After clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> in the "
+"input dialog, the options will be checked against a whitelist. All valid "
+"entries are accepted and entered into to line edit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2682 index.docbook:3192
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: empty"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2696
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This configuration page contains options that influence the behavior of the "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> command that "
+"is used to synchronize remote shares with local copies and vice versa. It is "
+"only available, if <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> is installed on your system. It is "
+"recommended that you read the <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\">manual page</ulink> "
+"before you use the synchronization feature the first time. However, safe "
+"settings are pre-defined. You will do no harm, if you start right away."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:2699
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the \"Synchronization\" configuration page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:2702
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The \"Synchronization\" configuration page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2711
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Copying"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2714
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default Destination"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2719
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Synchronization prefix"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the base folder below which &smb4k; stores the transferred data "
+"using <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink>. It can be "
+"changed by using the &URL; requester (Click the button with the folder "
+"icon.) or by directly entering the new path into the text box. Path "
+"variables like $HOME are recognized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2723
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For each share you synchronize, a new subdirectory below this prefix will be "
+"generated. If you want to synchronize the contents of a share to a different "
+"folder, you can define it in the <link linkend=\"shares_view_synchronization"
+"\">synchronization dialog</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2724
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: <filename class=\"directory\">$HOME/smb4k_sync/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2731 index.docbook:3122 index.docbook:3229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2736
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Archive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2739
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Option: <option>-a</option>/<option>--archive</option>, same as <option>-"
+"rlptgoD</option> (no <option>-H</option>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2740
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Switch the archive mode on. This is a quick way of saying you want recursion "
+"and want to preserve almost everything. Note that <option>-a</option> does "
+"not preserve hardlinks, because finding multiply-linked files is expensive. "
+"You must separately specify <option>-H</option>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2746
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Recurse into subdirectories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2749
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-r</option>/<option>--recursive</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2750
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Recurse into subdirectories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2756
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Update files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2759
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-u</option>/<option>--update</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2760
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This forces <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to skip any "
+"files that exist on the destination and have a modification time that is "
+"newer than the one of the source file. (If an existing destination file has "
+"a modification time equal to the source file's, it will be updated if the "
+"sizes are different.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Update files in place"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2769
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--inplace</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2770
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This causes <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> not to create "
+"a new copy of the file and then move it into place. Instead <ulink url="
+"\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> will overwrite "
+"the existing file, meaning that the rsync algorithm cannot accomplish the "
+"full amount of network reduction it might be able to otherwise. One "
+"exception to this is if you combine the option with <option>--backup</"
+"option>, since <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> is smart "
+"enough to use the backup file as the basis file for the transfer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2771 index.docbook:2792
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For further information you ought to read the <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\">manual page</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2777
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use relative path names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2780
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-R</option>/<option>--relative</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2781
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Use relative path names. This means that the full path names specified on "
+"the command line are sent to the server rather than just the last parts of "
+"the file names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2787
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do not send implied directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2790
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--no-implied-dirs</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2791
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option affects the default behavior of the <option>--relative</option> "
+"option. When it is specified, the attributes of the implied directories from "
+"the source names are not included in the transfer. This means that the "
+"corresponding path elements on the destination system are left unchanged if "
+"they exist, and any missing implied directories are created with default "
+"attributes. This even allows these implied path elements to have big "
+"differences, such as being a symlink to a folder on one side of the "
+"transfer, and a real folder on the other side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Transfer directories without recursing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2801
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-d</option>/<option>--dirs</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2802
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Tell the sending side to include any directories that are encountered. "
+"Unlike <option>--recursive</option>, a folders contents is not copied unless "
+"the folder name specified is \".\" or ends with a trailing slash (&eg; \"."
+"\", \"dir/.\", \"dir/\", &etc;). Without this option or the <option>--"
+"recursive</option> option, <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> will skip all directories it encounters "
+"(and output a message to that effect for each one). If you specify both "
+"<option>--dirs</option> and <option>--recursive</option>, <option>--"
+"recursive</option> takes precedence."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Compress data during transfer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2811
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-z</option>/<option>--compress</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2812
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Compress file data during the transfer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2820
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Links"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2825
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preserve symlinks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-l</option>/<option>--links</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2829
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Copy symlinks as symlinks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2835
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Transform symlinks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2838
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-L</option>/<option>--copy-links</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2839
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"When symlinks are encountered, the item that they point to is copied, rather "
+"than the symlink."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2845
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Only transform unsafe symlinks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2848
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--copy-unsafe-links</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Only transform \"unsafe\" symlinks. This means if a symlink is encountered "
+"that is pointing outside the copied tree, the referenced item is transferred "
+"rather than the symlink itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2855
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Ignore unsafe symlinks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2858
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--safe-links</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2859
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to ignore any "
+"symbolic links which point outside the copied tree. All absolute symlinks "
+"are also ignored. Using this option in conjunction with <option>--relative</"
+"option> may give unexpected results."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2865
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preserve hard links"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2868
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-H</option>/<option>--hard-links</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2869
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to look for "
+"hard-linked files in the transfer and link together the corresponding files "
+"on the receiving side. Without this option, hard-linked files in the "
+"transfer are treated as though they were separate files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2870
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Note that <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> can only "
+"detect hard links if both parts of the link are in the list of files being "
+"sent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2876
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Keep directory symlinks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2879
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-K</option>/<option>--keep-dirlinks</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2880
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option causes the receiving side to treat a symlink to a directory as "
+"though it were a real directory, but only if it matches a real directory "
+"from the sender. Without this option, the receiver's symlink would be "
+"deleted and replaced with a real directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "File Permissions, &etc;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2893
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preserve permissions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2896
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-p</option>/<option>--perms</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2897
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option causes the receiving side to set the destination permissions to "
+"be the same as the source permissions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2903
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preserve group"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2906
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-g</option>/<option>--group</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option causes <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to set the group of the destination file "
+"to be the same as the on of the source file. If the receiving program is not "
+"running as the super-user (or with the <option>--no-super</option> option), "
+"only groups that the receiver is a member of will be preserved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2913
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preserve owner"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2916
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-o</option>/<option>--owner</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2917
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option causes <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to set the owner of the destination file "
+"to be the same as the one of the source file. By default, the preservation "
+"is done by name, but may fall back to using the ID number in some "
+"circumstances (see the <option>--numeric-ids</option> option for a full "
+"discussion). This option has no effect if the receiving <ulink url=\"man:/"
+"rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> is not run as the super user and <option>--"
+"super</option> is not specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2923
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preserve device and special files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2926
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-D</option>/<option>--devices --specials</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2927
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option causes <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to transfer character and block device "
+"files as well as special files (such as named sockets and fifos) to the "
+"remote system. This option has no effect if the receiving side is not run as "
+"the super user and <option>--super</option> is not specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2933
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preserve times"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2936
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-t</option>/<option>--times</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2937
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to transfer "
+"modification times along with the files and update them on the remote system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2943
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Omit directories when preserving times"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2946
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-O</option>/<option>--omit-dir-times</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2947
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to omit "
+"directories when it is preserving modification times (see <option>--times</"
+"option>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2960
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "File Deletion &amp; Transfer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2963
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "File Deletion"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2968
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Remove synchronized source files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2971
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--remove-source-files</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2972
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to remove from "
+"the sending side the files (meaning non-directories) that are a part of the "
+"transfer and have been successfully duplicated on the receiving side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2978
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Delete extraneous files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2981
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--delete</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2982
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to delete "
+"extraneous files from the receiving side (ones that aren't on the sending "
+"side), but only for the directories that are being synchronized. You must "
+"have asked <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to send the "
+"whole folder (&eg; \"<filename class=\"directory\">dir</filename>\" or "
+"\"<filename class=\"directory\">dir/</filename>\") without using a wildcard "
+"for the folders contents (&eg; \"<filename class=\"directory\">dir/*</"
+"filename>\") since the wildcard is expanded by the shell and <ulink url="
+"\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> thus gets a "
+"request to transfer individual files, not the files' parent folder. Files "
+"that are excluded from transfer are also excluded from being deleted unless "
+"you use the <option>--delete-excluded</option> option or mark the rules as "
+"only matching on the sending side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2988
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Delete files before transfer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2991
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--delete-before</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2992
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Request that the file deletions on the receiving side be done before the "
+"transfer starts. This is the default if <option>--delete</option> or "
+"<option>--delete-excluded</option> is specified without one of the <option>--"
+"delete-WHEN</option> options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2998
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Delete files after transfer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3001
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--delete-after</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3002
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Request that the file deletions on the receiving side be done after the "
+"transfer has completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3008
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Delete files during transfer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3011
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--delete-during</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3012
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Request that the file deletions on the receiving side be done incrementally "
+"as the transfer happens. This is a faster method than choosing the before- "
+"or after-transfer algorithm, but it is only supported beginning with <ulink "
+"url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> version 2.6.4."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3018
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Also delete excluded files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--delete-excluded</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3022
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In addition to deleting the files on the receiving side that are not on the "
+"sending side, this tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to also delete any files on the receiving "
+"side that are excluded (see <option>--exclude</option>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3028
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Delete even if I/O errors occur"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3031
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--ignore-errors</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3032
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Tells <option>--delete</option> to go ahead and delete files even when there "
+"are I/O errors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Force deletion of non-void directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3041
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--force</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3042
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to delete a non-empty folder when it is to "
+"be replaced by a non-folder. This is only relevant if deletions are not "
+"active (see <option>--delete</option>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3050
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Restrictions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3055
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do not delete more than this many files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--max-delete=NUM</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3059
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> not to delete "
+"more than NUM files or directories (NUM must be non-zero). This is useful "
+"when mirroring very large trees to prevent disasters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3060 index.docbook:3358
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: not selected; NUM: 0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3067
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "File Transfer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3072
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do not transfer any file smaller than"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3075
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--min-size=NUM</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3076
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to avoid "
+"transferring any file that is smaller than the specified SIZE, which can "
+"help in not transferring small, junk files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3077 index.docbook:3087
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: not selected; NUM: 0 kB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3082
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do not transfer any file larger than"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3085
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--max-size=NUM</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3086
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to avoid "
+"transferring any file that is larger than the specified SIZE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3092
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Keep partially transferred files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3095
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--partial</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3096
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"By default, <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> will delete "
+"any partially transferred file if the transfer is interrupted. In some "
+"circumstances it is more desirable to keep partially transferred files. "
+"Using the <option>--partial</option> option tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to keep the partial file which should make "
+"a subsequent transfer of the rest of the file much faster."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3102
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Put partially transferred files into"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3105
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--partial-dir=DIR</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3106
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"A better way to keep partial files than the <option>--partial</option> "
+"option is to specify a folder DIR that will be used to hold the partial data "
+"(instead of writing it out to the destination file). On the next transfer, "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> will use a "
+"file found in this folder as data to speed up the resumption of the transfer "
+"and then delete it after it has served its purpose. Before you tick this "
+"option, you should read the <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\">manual page</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3107
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Default: not selected; DIR: <filename class=\"directory\">$HOME</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3119
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Filtering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3127
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto-ignore files in the same way CVS does"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3130
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-C</option>/<option>--cvs-exclude</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3131
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is a useful shorthand for excluding a broad range of files that you "
+"often don't want to transfer between systems. It uses the same algorithm "
+"that CVS uses to determine if a file should be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exclude files matching this pattern"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3140
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--exclude=PATTERN</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3141
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option is a simplified form of the <option>--filter</option> option "
+"that defaults to an exclude rule and does not allow the full rule-parsing "
+"syntax of normal filter rules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3142 index.docbook:3162
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: not selected; PATTERN: empty"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3147
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Read exclude patterns from"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3150
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--exclude-from=FILE</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3151
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option is related to the <option>--exclude</option> option, but it "
+"specifies a FILE that contains exclude patterns (one per line). Blank lines "
+"in the file and lines starting with ';' or '#' are ignored. You have to "
+"choose an existing file to make this option work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3152
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: not selected; FILE: <filename>$HOME/exclude.txt</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3157
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do not exclude files matching this pattern"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3160
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--include=PATTERN</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3161
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option is a simplified form of the <option>--filter</option> option "
+"that defaults to an include rule and does not allow the full rule-parsing "
+"syntax of normal filter rules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3167
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Read include patterns from"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3170
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--include-from=FILE</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3171
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option is related to the <option>--include</option> option, but it "
+"specifies a FILE that contains include patterns (one per line). Blank lines "
+"in the file and lines starting with ';' or '#' are ignored. You have to "
+"choose an existing file to make this option work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3172
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: not selected; FILE: <filename>$HOME/include.txt</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3179
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Filter Rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3184
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Custom filter rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3187
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-f</option>/<option>--filter=RULE</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3188
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You can define one or more filter rules here. Each rule has to be prefixed "
+"with the <option>--filter=</option> or <option>-f</option> option string, "
+"because the contents of the text box will be passed to the <ulink url=\"man:/"
+"rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> command AS IS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3189
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to add rules to selectively exclude certain files "
+"from the list of files to be transferred. This is most useful in combination "
+"with a recursive transfer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3190
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You may use as many <option>--filter</option> options as you like to build "
+"up the list of files to exclude."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3191
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"See the FILTER RULES section of the <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\">manual page</"
+"ulink> for detailed information on this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3197
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use --filter='dir-merge /.rsync-filter' filter rule"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3200
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-F</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3201
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to look for per-folder <filename>.rsync-"
+"filter</filename> files that have been sprinkled through the hierarchy and "
+"use their rules to filter the files in the transfer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3202 index.docbook:3213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"See the FILTER RULES section of the <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\">manual page</"
+"ulink> for detailed information on how this option works."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3208
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use --filter='exclude .rsync-filter' filter rule"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3211
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-FF</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3212
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option filters out the <filename>.rsync-filter</filename> files "
+"themselves from the transfer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3234
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Handle sparse files efficiently"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3237
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-S</option>/<option>--sparse</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3238
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Try to handle sparse files efficiently so they take up less space on the "
+"destination. Conflicts with <option>--inplace</option> because it's not "
+"possible to overwrite data in a sparse fashion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Do not use this option when the destination is a &Solaris; \"tmpfs\" file "
+"system. It doesn't seem to handle seeks over null regions correctly and ends "
+"up corrupting the files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3245
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Copy files whole (no rsync algorithm)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3248
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-W</option>/<option>--whole-file</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3249
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"With this option the incremental <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> algorithm is not used and the whole file "
+"is sent as-is instead. The transfer may be faster if this option is used "
+"when the bandwidth between the source and destination machines is higher "
+"than the bandwidth to disk (especially when the \"disk\" is actually a "
+"networked file system). This is the default when both the source and "
+"destination are specified as local paths."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3255
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do not cross file system boundaries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3258
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-x</option>/<option>--one-file-system</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3259
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to avoid "
+"crossing a file system boundary when recursing. This does not limit the "
+"user's ability to specify items to copy from multiple file systems, just "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink>'s recursion "
+"through the hierarchy of each folder that the user specified, and also the "
+"analogous recursion on the receiving side during deletion. Also keep in mind "
+"that <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> treats a \"bind"
+"\" mount to the same device as being on the same file system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3265
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Only update files that already exist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3268
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Option: <option>--existing</option>/<option>--ignore-non-existing</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3269
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to skip "
+"updating files that do not exist yet on the destination. If this option is "
+"combined with the <option>--ignore-existing</option> option, no files will "
+"be updated (which can be useful if all you want to do is to delete missing "
+"files)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3275
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Ignore files that already exist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3278
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--ignore-existing</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3279
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to skip "
+"updating files that already exist on the destination. See also <option>--"
+"ignore-non-existing</option>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3285
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Delay updates until the end of transfer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3288
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--delay-updates</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3289
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option puts the temporary file from each updated file into a holding "
+"folder until the end of the transfer, at which time all the files are "
+"renamed into place in rapid succession."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3290
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"It is strongly recommended that you read the <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\">manual page</ulink> before using this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3298
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Backup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3303
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Make backups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3306
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-b</option>/<option>--backups</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3307
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"With this option, preexisting destination files are renamed as each file is "
+"transferred or deleted. You can control where the backup file goes and what "
+"(if any) suffix gets appended using the <option>--backup-dir</option> and "
+"<option>--suffix</option> options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3308
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Note that if you don't specify <option>--backup-dir</option>, (1) the "
+"<option>--omit-dir-times</option> option will be implied, and (2) if "
+"<option>--delete</option> is also in effect (without <option>--delete-"
+"excluded</option>), <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> will add a \"protect\" filter-rule for the "
+"backup suffix to the end of all your existing excludes (&eg; <option>-f \"P "
+"*~\"</option>). This will prevent previously backed-up files from being "
+"deleted. Note that if you are supplying your own filter rules, you may need "
+"to manually insert your own exclude/protect rule somewhere higher up in the "
+"list so that it has a high enough priority to be effective (&eg;, if your "
+"rules specify a trailing inclusion/exclusion of '*', the auto-added rule "
+"would never be reached)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3314
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Backup suffix"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3317
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--suffix=SUFFIX</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3318
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to override the default backup suffix used with the "
+"<option>--backup</option> option. The default suffix is a <emphasis>~</"
+"emphasis> if no <option>--backup-dir</option> was specified, otherwise it is "
+"an empty string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3319 index.docbook:3330
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option is only available if you ticked the <guilabel>Make backups</"
+"guilabel> option above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3320
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: not selected; SUFFIX: ~"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3325
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Backup directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3328
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--backup-dir=DIR</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3329
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In combination with the <option>--backup</option> option, this tells rsync "
+"to store all backups in the specified folder. This is very useful for "
+"incremental backups. You can additionally specify a backup suffix using the "
+"<option>--suffix</option> option (otherwise the files backed up in the "
+"specified folder will keep their original filenames)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3331
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: not selected; DIR: <envar>$HOME</envar>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3338
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Checksums"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3343
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Force fixed checksum block size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3346
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-B</option>/<option>--block-size=SIZE</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3347
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This forces the block size used in the rsync algorithm to a fixed value. It "
+"is normally selected based on the size of each file being updated. See the "
+"<ulink url=\"http://rsync.samba.org/tech_report/\">technical report</ulink> "
+"for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3348
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: not selected; SIZE: 0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3353
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Set block/file checksum seed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3356
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--checksum-seed=NUM</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3357
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Set the MD4 checksum seed to the integer NUM. This 4 byte checksum seed is "
+"included in each block and file MD4 checksum calculation. By default the "
+"checksum seed is generated by the server and defaults to the current time(). "
+"This option is used to set a specific checksum seed, which is useful for "
+"applications that want repeatable block and file checksums, or in the case "
+"where the user wants a more random checksum seed. Note that setting NUM to 0 "
+"causes rsync to use the default of time() for checksum seed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3363
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Skip files based on checksum"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3366
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-c</option>/<option>--checksum</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3367
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This forces the sender to checksum every regular file using a 128-bit MD4 "
+"checksum. It does this during the initial file system scan as it builds the "
+"list of all available files. The receiver then checksums its version of each "
+"file (if it exists and it has the same size as its sender-side counterpart) "
+"in order to decide which files need to be updated: files with either a "
+"changed size or a changed checksum are selected for transfer. Since this "
+"whole-file checksumming of all files on both sides of the connection occurs "
+"in addition to the automatic checksum verifications that occur during a "
+"file's transfer, this option can be quite slow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3382
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Custom Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3384
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"All servers and shares for which you defined custom options are listed here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:3387
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the \"Custom Options\" configuration tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:3390
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The \"Custom Options\" configuration tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3394
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The options defined for a network item can be edited by either double "
+"clicking an entry in the list view or by choosing the <guimenuitem>Edit</"
+"guimenuitem> item from the popup menu (right click on the selected item). "
+"The custom options are then being loaded and can be edited. To remove an "
+"entry, right click it and choose the <guimenuitem>Remove</guimenuitem> item "
+"from the popup menu. All network items may be removed at once by choosing "
+"the <guimenuitem>Clear List</guimenuitem> item. Changes can be reset by "
+"choosing the <guimenuitem>Undo</guimenuitem> item from the popup menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3396
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The custom options are accessible through the editor widgets on the right. "
+"In the <guilabel>General</guilabel> section the UNC address of the network "
+"item and its editable IP address are shown. In case of a share, you can also "
+"define whether it should always be remounted. Below, the custom options are "
+"arranged in two tabs:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3405
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You can edit various Samba settings here. Which ones are available depends "
+"on the operating system you are using. For more information, have a look at "
+"the description of the <link linkend=\"configuration_page_samba\">Samba</"
+"link> configuration page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3415
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Here you can edit the options that you previously defined through the <link "
+"linkend=\"network_neighborhood_browser_defining_custom_options\">Custom "
+"Options</link> dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3426
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"On this page you can enable the use of profiles and manage your profiles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:3429
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Screenshot of the bookmarks addition dialog"
+msgid "Screenshot of the \"Profiles\" configuration tab"
+msgstr "Снимок диалогового окна добавления закладки"
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:3432
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The \"Profiles\" configuration tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3441
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3446
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use profiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3449
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Make Smb4K use profiles. This enables you to define different bookmarks and "
+"custom options for each profile. This is especially useful if you are using "
+"a laptop in different network neighborhoods, &eg; at home and at work. When "
+"enabling this setting the first time, the first entry in the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_profiles_profiles\">profiles list</link> will be the active "
+"profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3455
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use profile migration assistant"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Use the profile migration assistant when profiles are removed or the use of "
+"profiles is enabled or disabled. The profile migration assistant allows you "
+"to migrate all settings that were saved for a certain profile to a different "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3472
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Here, you can manage your profiles. By default, there are two pre-defined "
+"ones (<guilabel>Home</guilabel> and <guilabel>Work</guilabel>), but you can "
+"add your own ones. When you enabled the use of profiles the first time, the "
+"first entry in the list will be the active profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3473
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"When you rename a profile, the settings are migrated automatically (without "
+"showing the migration assistant). If you enabled the use of the migration "
+"assistant, it is shown when you remove a profile giving you the opportunity "
+"to migrate the stored settings to another profile. If the use of the "
+"migration assistant is disabled, the profile and all of its settings are "
+"removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3483
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Command Reference"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3490
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The File Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3495
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Profiles</guisubmenu>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3501
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Select the profile to use. This menu entry is disabled if the user did not "
+"enabled the use of profiles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3502
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Two profiles are predefined:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3506
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Profiles</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Home</"
+"guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3513
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "A profile for use at home"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3518
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Profiles</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Work</"
+"guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3525
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "A profile for use at work"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3533
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3540
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Quit &smb4k;."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3551
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Network Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycap>F5</keycap></shortcut> <guimenu>Network</guimenu> "
+"<guimenuitem>Scan Network|Workgroup|Computer</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3568
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Network</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Abort</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3580
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guimenu>Network</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3586
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Add a bookmark to the currently selected remote share. This action is "
+"disabled if no share is selected. Read the <link linkend=\"bookmarks_adding"
+"\">Adding Bookmarks</link> section for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3591
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Network</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open Mount Dialog</"
+"guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3603
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>T</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Network</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Authentication</"
+"guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3615
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Network</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Custom Options</"
+"guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3627
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>V</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Network</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Preview</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3639
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>P</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Network</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Print File</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3651
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Network</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mount</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3663
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>U</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Network</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Unmount</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Search Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3686
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3698
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Abort</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3710
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Clear</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3721
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>D</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mount</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3733
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>U</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Unmount</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3751
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Shares Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3756
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guimenu>Shares</guimenu> <guisubmenu>View Modes</guisubmenu>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<guimenu>Shares</guimenu> <guisubmenu>View Modes</guisubmenu> "
+"<guimenuitem>Icon View</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3778
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<guimenu>Shares</guimenu> <guisubmenu>View Modes</guisubmenu> "
+"<guimenuitem>List View</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3793
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>U</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Shares</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Unmount</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3800
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Unmount one or multiple selected shares. The ability to unmount shares is by "
+"default restricted to the ones that are owned by the user. However, you can "
+"change this behavior by changing the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_page_shares_behavior\">settings</link> in the configuration "
+"dialog. If no share is selected in the shares view, this button is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3807
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>N</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Shares</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Unmount All</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3819
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guimenu>Shares</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3825
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Add a bookmark to the currently selected mounted share. This action is "
+"disabled if no share is selected. Read the <link linkend=\"bookmarks_adding"
+"\">Adding Bookmarks</link> section for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3830
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Y</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Shares</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Synchronize</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3842
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>L</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Shares</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open with Konsole</"
+"guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Open the base folder of the selected share in &konsole;."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3854
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>I</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Shares</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open with File Manager</"
+"guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3861
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Open the contents of the selected share in the default file manager (&eg; "
+"&dolphin;)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3872
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Bookmarks Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3877
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Edit Bookmarks</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>B</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</"
+"guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3900
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mount All Bookmarks</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3906
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Mount all top-level bookmarks at once. It is disabled if all bookmarked "
+"shares are mounted. This action is not present if there are no toplevel "
+"bookmarks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3917
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Settings Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3922
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars Shown</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3928
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "In this submenu you can enable or disable the toolbars."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3933
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Statusbar</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3939
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Hide or show the status bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3944
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dock Widgets</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3950
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Hide or show the dock widgets in the main window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3955
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure &smb4k;...</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3961
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Open the configuration dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3972
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Help Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3974
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Additionally &smb4k; has the common &kde; <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menu "
+"items, for more information read the section about the <ulink url=\"help:/"
+"fundamentals/ui.html#menus-help\">Help Menu</ulink> of the &kde; "
+"Fundamentals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3983
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Reporting Bugs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before filing a bug report, please read our <ulink url=\"https://sourceforge."
+"net/p/smb4k/wiki/Home/\">wiki</ulink>. Many common problems are already "
+"covered there. Also, try the <ulink url=\"https://sourceforge.net/projects/"
+"smb4k/files/\">latest version</ulink> of &smb4k;. Maybe your problem has "
+"already been fixed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3986
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Follow these directions for your bug report:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3988
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Describe <emphasis>in detail</emphasis> what you did to receive the problem "
+"you are reporting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3989
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Provide the version of &smb4k; and &kde;."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3990
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Mention your operating system (&Linux;, FreeBSD, &etc;) and the distribution "
+"that is running on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3991
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Include the full error message if an error dialog was displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3992
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you experienced a crash, attach a full backtrace. For this it is "
+"recommended that you (re-)compile &smb4k; with debugging symbols. How this "
+"is done is mentioned in the <link linkend=\"appendix_compilation"
+"\">Configuration, Compilation and Installation</link> chapter in the "
+"appendix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3993
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Add additional data, &eg; send a screen shot if you are reporting a &GUI; "
+"related problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3995
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The recommended method to report a bug is to use the dialog that opens when "
+"you click the <menuchoice><guimenu>Help</guimenu><guimenuitem>Report Bug...</"
+"guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item. But you can also go directly to the "
+"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.kde.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Smb4k&amp;"
+"format=guided\">KDE Bugtracking System</ulink> and fill out the form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:4004
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Credits and License"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4006
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Copyright &copy; 2003 - 2016, Alexander Reinholdt <email>alexander."
+"reinholdt@kdemail.net</email>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: trans_comment
+#: index.docbook:4008
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "CREDIT_FOR_TRANSLATORS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: chapter
+#: index.docbook:4008
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&underFDL; &underGPL;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:4013
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Developers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4016
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alexander Reinholdt <email>alexander.reinholdt@kdemail.net</email>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:4021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Translations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4023
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Translations were contributed by the &kde; translators."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:4027
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Special Thanks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4029
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The &smb4k; team would like to thank everyone who contributed by sending "
+"patches. Also, a big \"Thank you!\" goes to Rashid N. Achilov "
+"<email>shelton@sentry.granch.ru</email>, who convinced us to port &smb4k; to "
+"FreeBSD and helped us a great deal to achieve this goal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:4039
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Appendix"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:4042
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "How to obtain &smb4k;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The latest stable release is available at <ulink url=\"http://sourceforge."
+"net/projects/smb4k/files/\">http://sourceforge.net/projects/smb4k/files/</"
+"ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:4048
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Requirements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4050
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; officially supports &Linux;, FreeBSD and NetBSD. Other operating "
+"systems might work as well, but haven't been tested."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4051
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "To compile &smb4k;, you need:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4053
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.cmake.org\">CMake</ulink> (&ge; 3.3)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4054
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://gcc.gnu.org\">GNU Compiler Collection</ulink> (g++ &ge; "
+"4.0) or <ulink url=\"http://clang.llvm.org\">clang/LLVM</ulink> (&ge; 3.0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4056
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; depends on the following <ulink url=\"http://www.qt.io\">&Qt;</"
+"ulink> (&ge; 5.4.0) and <ulink url=\"http://www.kde.org\">&kf5;</ulink> "
+"(&ge; 5.9.0) modules:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "QtCore, QtGui, QtWidgets, QtTest, QtNetwork, QtPrintSupport, QtQml"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4059
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"KConfig, KAuth, KDocTools, KIconThemes, KWidgetsAddons, KI18n, KCompletion, "
+"KCoreAddons, Solid, KIO, KNotifications, KXmlGui, KJobWidgets, KWallet, "
+"KDBusAddons, KParts, KConfigWidgets, KNotifications, KWindowSystem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4061
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "For a proper operation, you also need:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4063
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.samba.org\">Samba</ulink> (3.x or 4.x, 4.x "
+"recommended)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4065
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"To enable full functionality, you may also want to install these programs:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: ulink
+#: index.docbook:4067
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "rsync"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4069
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The list of changes can be found in the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:4077
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuration, Compilation and Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4079
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This section describes the configuration, compilation and installation of "
+"&smb4k;. Make sure, you have read the <link linkend=\"appendix_requirements"
+"\">Requirements</link> page before you start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4080
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"https://sourceforge.net/projects/smb4k/files\">Download</ulink> "
+"the version of Smb4K you are interested in and extract the source tarball:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: index.docbook:4082
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>tar</command> xvfJ smb4k-x.y.z.tar."
+"xz</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4084
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Replace x.y.z with the version number. Change into the source code directory "
+"and create a <filename class=\"directory\">build</filename> directory:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: index.docbook:4086
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>cd</command> <filename class="
+"\"directory\">smb4k-x.y.z</filename></userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>mkdir</command> <filename class="
+"\"directory\">build</filename></userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4088
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Change into the <filename class=\"directory\">build</filename> directory and "
+"configure the source code:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: index.docbook:4090
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>cd</command> <filename class="
+"\"directory\">build</filename></userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>cmake</command> -"
+"DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=`qtpaths --install-prefix` -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release "
+"<filename class=\"directory\">..</filename></userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4092
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If Smb4K cannot find some shared libraries after the installation (&eg; if "
+"you are using Kubuntu 16.04), it is necessary to add the <option>-"
+"DKDE_INSTALL_PLUGINDIR</option> argument to the command line above:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: index.docbook:4094
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>cd</command> <filename class="
+"\"directory\">build</filename></userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>cmake</command> -"
+"DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=`qtpaths --install-prefix` \\\n"
+"     -DKDE_INSTALL_PLUGINDIR=`qtpaths --plugin-dir` -"
+"DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release <filename class=\"directory\">..</filename></"
+"userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4096
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you want to compile Smb4K with debug symbols, replace Release by Debug. "
+"You should consider this if you experience &ie; a crash and want to either "
+"debug &smb4k; yourself or report a bug including a full backtrace"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4097
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"There are also some &smb4k; specific arguments you might be interested in:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: entry
+#: index.docbook:4103
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Argument"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: entry
+#: index.docbook:4104
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Since"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: entry
+#: index.docbook:4105
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: entry
+#: index.docbook:4110
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "-DINSTALL_HEADER_FILES=yes|no"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: entry
+#: index.docbook:4111
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "5.0.0"
+msgid "1.0.0"
+msgstr "5.0.0"
+
+#. Tag: entry
+#: index.docbook:4112
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Install the core header files. This is off by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: entry
+#: index.docbook:4115
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "-DINSTALL_PLASMOID=yes|no"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: entry
+#: index.docbook:4116
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "1.1.0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: entry
+#: index.docbook:4117
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Install the plasmoid. KDE SC 4.10 or higher is required. This is on by "
+"default, if the right KDE version is detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4123
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "After the configuration, compile and install &smb4k;:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: index.docbook:4125
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>make</command> &amp;&amp; "
+"<command>sudo make</command> install</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4127
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you want to be able to remove &smb4k; with your package manager later on, "
+"use <application>checkinstall</application> instead of <command>make "
+"install</command>. The package should be present in your distribution's "
+"repository. Run:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: index.docbook:4129
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>make</command> &amp;&amp; "
+"<command>sudo checkinstall</command></userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "2014-01-xx"
+#~ msgstr "Январь 2014 года"
+
+#~ msgid "Handling Bookmarks"
+#~ msgstr "Управление закладками"
+
+#~ msgid "Use Kerberos for authentication in an Active Directory environment."
+#~ msgstr "Использовать Kerberos для идентификации в среде Active Directory."
Index: trunk/l10n-kf5/ru/docmessages/extragear-network/smb4k.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/l10n-kf5/ru/docmessages/extragear-network/smb4k.po	(nonexistent)
+++ trunk/l10n-kf5/ru/docmessages/extragear-network/smb4k.po	(revision 1504867)
@@ -0,0 +1,7989 @@
+#
+# Alexander Potashev <aspotashev@gmail.com>, 2014.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: \n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-11-13 02:25+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-11 23:17+0400\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alexander Potashev <aspotashev@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian <kde-russian@lists.kde.ru>\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
+"X-Environment: kde\n"
+"X-Accelerator-Marker: \n"
+"X-Text-Markup: docbook4\n"
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:11
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The &smb4k; Handbook"
+msgstr "Руководство пользователя &smb4k;"
+
+#. Tag: author
+#: index.docbook:13
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<firstname>Alexander</firstname> <othername></othername> <surname>Reinholdt</"
+"surname>"
+msgstr ""
+"<firstname>Alexander</firstname> <othername></othername> <surname>Reinholdt</"
+"surname>"
+
+#. Tag: email
+#: index.docbook:19
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "alexander.reinholdt AT kdemail.net"
+msgstr "alexander.reinholdt AT kdemail.net"
+
+#. Tag: trans_comment
+#: index.docbook:23
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS"
+msgstr ""
+"<othercredit role=\"translator\"><firstname>Александр</"
+"firstname><surname>Поташев</"
+"surname><affiliation><address><email>aspotashev@gmail.com</email></address></"
+"affiliation><contrib>Перевод на русский</contrib></othercredit>"
+
+#. Tag: holder
+#: index.docbook:27
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alexander Reinholdt"
+msgstr "Alexander Reinholdt"
+
+#. Tag: date
+#: index.docbook:30
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "2017-07-25"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: releaseinfo
+#: index.docbook:31
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&smb4k; 2.1.0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:33
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "&smb4k; is an advanced network neighborhood browser and a front end to "
+#| "the programs of the Samba software suite."
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; is an advanced network neighborhood browser and Samba share mounting "
+"utility."
+msgstr ""
+"&smb4k; &mdash; это многофункциональный браузер сетевого окружения, "
+"основанный на пакете программ Samba."
+
+#. Tag: keyword
+#: index.docbook:36
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<keyword>KDE</keyword>"
+msgstr "<keyword>KDE</keyword>"
+
+#. Tag: keyword
+#: index.docbook:37
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Smb4K"
+msgstr "Smb4K"
+
+#. Tag: keyword
+#: index.docbook:38
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<keyword>Samba</keyword>"
+msgstr "<keyword>Samba</keyword>"
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:47
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Введение"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:49
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This handbook describes &smb4k; 1.1.x and to some extent earlier versions."
+msgid ""
+"This handbook describes &smb4k; 2.1.x and to some extent earlier versions."
+msgstr ""
+"Это руководство описывает &smb4k; 1.1.x и, частично, более старые версии."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:50
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "&smb4k; is an advanced network neighborhood browser and a front end to "
+#| "the programs of the <ulink url=\"http://www.samba.org\">Samba software "
+#| "suite</ulink>. It provides many handy features that ease your life in a "
+#| "mostly &Windows;-dominated network environment:"
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; is an advanced network neighborhood browser and <ulink url=\"http://"
+"www.samba.org\">Samba</ulink> share mounting utility. It provides many handy "
+"features that ease your life in a mostly &Windows;-dominated network "
+"environment:"
+msgstr ""
+"&smb4k; &mdash; это многофункциональный браузер сетевого окружения, "
+"основанный на пакете программ <ulink url=\"http://www.samba.org\">Samba</"
+"ulink>. У него много удобных функций для облегчения работы в локальной сети "
+"с преобладанием компьютеров с &Windows;:"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:53
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scanning for (active) workgroups, hosts, and shares"
+msgstr "Сканирование (активных) рабочих групп, хостов и общих ресурсов"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:54
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Support of the CIFS (&Linux;) and SMBFS (FreeBSD) file system"
+msgid "Support of the CIFS (&Linux;) and SMBFS (FreeBSD, NetBSD) file system"
+msgstr "Поддержка файловых систем CIFS (&Linux;) и SMBFS (FreeBSD)"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:55
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Mounting and unmounting of shares"
+msgstr "Подключение и отключение общих папок"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:56
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Access to the files of a mounted share using a file manager or terminal"
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к файлам, расположенным в общих папках, через диспетчер файлов или "
+"терминал"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:57
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto-detection of external mounts and unmounts"
+msgstr ""
+"Отслеживание событий подключения и отключения общих папок извне программы"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:58
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Remounting of previously used shares on program start"
+msgstr ""
+"Повторное подключение при запуске программы использованных прежде общих папок"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:59
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Miscellaneous infos about remote network items and mounted shares"
+msgstr ""
+"Просмотр различной информации о объектах в сети о и подключённых общих папках"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:60
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Network search"
+msgstr "Поиск по сети"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:61
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "WINS server support"
+msgstr "Поддержка серверов WINS"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:62
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Preview of the contents of a share"
+msgid "Preview of the contents of a remote share"
+msgstr "Предварительный просмотр содержимого общей папки"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:63
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Several methods to look up the initial list of workgroups and domains"
+msgstr "Несколько способов получения начального списка рабочих групп и доменов"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:64
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default login"
+msgstr "Сохранение имени пользователя и пароля, используемых по умолчанию"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:65
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Special handling of homes shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:66
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Ability to bookmark favorite shares"
+msgstr "Возможность добавления выбранных общих папок в закладки"
+
+# BUGME: is this Plasma widget? --aspotashev
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:67
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<para>System tray widget</para>"
+msgstr "<para>Окно управления программой для системного лотка</para>"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:68
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Support of advanced Samba options"
+msgstr "Поддержка дополнительных параметров Samba"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:69
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Support of printer shares"
+msgstr "Поддержка общих принтеров"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:70
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "KWallet support"
+msgstr "Поддержка бумажника KDE (KWallet)"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:71
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Synchronization of a remote share with a local copy and vice versa"
+msgstr ""
+"Двухсторонняя синхронизация между общими папками и их копиями на компьютере"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:72
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Ability to define custom options for individual servers and shares"
+msgstr ""
+"Возможность задать особые параметры для отдельных хостов и общих ресурсов"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:73
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Laptop support through the Solid hardware device framework"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:74
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Wake-On-LAN capabilities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:75
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&plasmoid; for desktop integration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:76
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Profiles for different network neighborhood setups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:79
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you encounter problems while using &smb4k;, please visit our <ulink url="
+"\"https://sourceforge.net/p/smb4k/wiki/Home/\">wiki</ulink> first. If you "
+"cannot find your problem described there, please post a help request to our "
+"<ulink url=\"https://sourceforge.net/p/smb4k/discussion/help/\">Help</ulink> "
+"forum. In case you find a bug, please report it to our <ulink url=\"https://"
+"bugs.kde.org/enter_bug.cgi?format=guided&amp;product=smb4k\">bug tracker</"
+"ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:80
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For discussions about &smb4k;-related topics there is the <ulink url="
+"\"https://sourceforge.net/p/smb4k/discussion/general/\">General Discussion</"
+"ulink> forum and we invite every user to participate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:88
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Using &smb4k;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:95
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Running &smb4k;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:97
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"After the installation, you can run &smb4k; either from the K menu or from "
+"the command prompt by typing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: index.docbook:97
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>smb4k</command></userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:98
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; does not take any arguments, except those that are known to all "
+"&kde; applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:99
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; also comes with a <link linkend=\"plasmoid\">&plasmoid;</link> for "
+"better desktop integration. It can be added as widget to the desktop or the "
+"panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:100
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If your system is missing some of the programs &smb4k; needs to operate "
+"properly, it notifies the user:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:103
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the missing program notification"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:106
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The missing program notification"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:110
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In this case, please install the specified program or, if it is already "
+"present, add its location to the <envar>PATH</envar> environment variable in "
+"your shell's configuration file (for the <ulink url=\"man:/bash"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>bash</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> shell it is the <filename>~/.bashrc</"
+"filename> file)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:111
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In addition, it is recommended that you configure Samba before using "
+"&smb4k;. You may use the web-based <ulink url=\"man:/swat"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>swat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> utility for this purpose if you have Samba "
+"3 installed. However, it was removed from Samba 4. With this version, you "
+"can use other graphical tools (&eg; <application>system-config-samba</"
+"application>) or configure the <ulink url=\"man:/smb.conf"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smb.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> file manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:119
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Main Window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:121
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"On the first start-up, the main window of &smb4k; looks similar to the one "
+"shown below. The network neighborhood browser (<guilabel>Network "
+"Neighborhood</guilabel>), the network search widget (<guilabel>Network "
+"Search</guilabel>) and the mounted shares view (<guilabel>Mounted Shares</"
+"guilabel>) are arranged in a tab widget. Above them the menubar and "
+"toolbar(s) are located. Below them you find the status bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:124
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the main window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:127
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The main window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:131
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; comes with a compact unified toolbar as the default, but the user "
+"can still choose to use multiple toolbars. If you wish to use the classical "
+"way, four toolbars are defined, for each widget one: the main toolbar, the "
+"toolbars for the <guilabel>Network Neighborhood</guilabel> widget, the "
+"<guilabel>Shares View</guilabel> widget and the <guilabel>Network Search</"
+"guilabel> widget. The unified toolbar contains some of the main actions, "
+"like <guimenuitem>Configure &smb4k;</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Quit</"
+"guimenuitem>. It also dynamically loads the actions of the dock widget that "
+"currently has got the focus. For additional information and some important "
+"warnings, please have a look at the sections discussing the <link linkend="
+"\"network_neighborhood_browser\">network neighborhood browser</link>, <link "
+"linkend=\"network_search_view\">search dialog</link>, and <link linkend="
+"\"shares_view\">mounted shares view</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:132
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The status bar gives some information about the current status of &smb4k;. "
+"If the application is processing a user request (&eg; mounting a share), a "
+"descriptive message is displayed in the leftmost section and a progress bar "
+"is shown with a busy indicator. The two icons on the right hand side "
+"indicate if there are shares mounted (remote folder icon) and the status of "
+"the authentication system (wallet or key icon)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:133
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If the dock widgets are arranged as tabs, the user gets additional visual "
+"feedback. Each time a share is mounted or unmounted, the <guilabel>Mounted "
+"Shares</guilabel> tab is highlighted for a few seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:134
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The main window is highly configurable. You can hide or show all tabbed "
+"widgets (<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Dock Widgets</"
+"guimenuitem></menuchoice>). They can also be dragged around with the mouse "
+"and docked to different areas in the main window. You can even detach them "
+"from the main window. The status bar and the toolbars can be hidden/shown by "
+"toggling the menu entry <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</"
+"guimenu><guimenuitem>Show Statusbar</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and the ones "
+"under <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Toolbars Shown</"
+"guimenuitem></menuchoice>, respectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:142
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Network Neighborhood Browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:144
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The interaction with the network neighborhood is done with the "
+"<guilabel>Network Neighborhood</guilabel> browser. It contains all network "
+"items &#8212; &ie; workgroups, servers, and shares &#8212; &smb4k; was able "
+"to find. They are organized in a network tree, and you can navigate through "
+"it by either clicking the control next to the item name or by executing the "
+"item itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:145
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the network tree, the master browser of each workgroup or domain is "
+"highlighted by blue font color. Mounted shares are marked with the "
+"respective folder icon and an italic font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:148
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the network neighborhood browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:151
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The network neighborhood browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:155
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The selection of multiple network items is supported. So, it is possible to "
+"&eg; mount or preview several shares at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:162
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Browsing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:164
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; automatically scans the network neighborhood for active workgroups "
+"and domains on start-up and presents them in the network neighborhood "
+"browser. Opening a workgroup item shows the servers belonging to it. If you "
+"want to access the shares of one of the servers, you have to open the "
+"desired server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:165
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"There are two scan modes available. The traditional one, where initially "
+"only workgroups and domains are looked up and scans are only made when "
+"necessary &#8212; &ie; when you execute a network item &#8212;, and one, "
+"where the network is scanned periodically for <emphasis>all</emphasis> "
+"available network items including servers and shares. While the former one "
+"is the default, the latter one can be enabled in the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_network_periodic_scanning\">configuration dialog</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:166
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"There are <link linkend=\"configuration_network_browselist\">three methods</"
+"link> to retrieve the browse list: The default one is to scan the network "
+"neighborhood for all available master browsers. The second and third method "
+"directly query a master browser to get the browse list. The difference is "
+"that the former is a dynamic one, where the current master browser of your "
+"workgroup or domain is looked up and used, and the latter is a static one, "
+"where a fixed name or IP address is used. It is recommended that you choose "
+"the dynamic method. However, there might be circumstances that make it "
+"necessary to use a static name or IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:167
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"There is also the possibility to wake up sleeping servers prior to scanning "
+"the network neighborhood (Wake-On-LAN). If this feature is enabled, &smb4k; "
+"sends a magic package to each server that is to be woken up and waits the "
+"defined time until it starts the lookup of the workgroups and domains. The "
+"Wake-On-LAN setting can be turned on in the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_network_wake_on_lan\">configuration dialog</link>. The "
+"servers that should to be woken up have to be defined in the <link linkend="
+"\"network_neighborhood_browser_defining_custom_options\">Custom Options</"
+"link> dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:175 index.docbook:487 index.docbook:625
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Actions and Popup Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:177
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For the network neighborhood browser several actions are defined. They are "
+"present in the menubar under <guimenu>Network</guimenu>, in the toolbar and "
+"the popup menu. The following ones are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:182
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycap>F5</keycap></shortcut> <guimenuitem>Scan Network|Workgroup|"
+"Computer</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:188 index.docbook:3563
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Scan the whole network neighborhood, the highlighted workgroup/domain or "
+"computer for new entries. This action is visible by default and will be "
+"replaced by the <guimenuitem>Abort</guimenuitem> action if a network scan is "
+"running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:193 index.docbook:505
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Abort</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:199 index.docbook:3575
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Abort any running process of the network neighborhood browser. This action "
+"is invisible by default and will only be visible instead of the "
+"<guimenuitem>Scan Network|Workgroup|Computer</guimenuitem> action when a "
+"network scan is running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:205 index.docbook:684 index.docbook:966
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Add Bookmark"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:209
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Add a bookmark to the currently selected remote share. This action is "
+"disabled if no share is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:210 index.docbook:689
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Read the <link linkend=\"bookmarks_adding\">Adding Bookmarks</link> section "
+"for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:215
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Open Mount Dialog</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:221 index.docbook:3598
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Open the <link linkend=\"network_neighborhood_browser_mounting\">dialog</"
+"link> for mounting shares \"manually\". This feature may be needed if "
+"&smb4k; cannot find a server from which you want to mount a certain shared "
+"resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:226
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>T</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Authentication</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:232 index.docbook:3610
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Open the <link linkend=\"network_neighborhood_browser_authentication"
+"\">authentication dialog</link>. You can provide the login and password for "
+"the selected server or share. If a workgroup or no item is selected, this "
+"action is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:237
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Custom Options</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:243 index.docbook:3622
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Open the <link linkend=\"network_neighborhood_browser_defining_custom_options"
+"\">Custom Options</link> dialog. You can set several custom options for the "
+"selected server or share. If a workgroup or no item is selected, this menu "
+"entry is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:248
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>V</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Preview</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:254 index.docbook:3634
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"network_neighborhood_browser_previewing\">Preview</link> the "
+"contents of the selected remote share. This action is only enabled if a "
+"share is selected. Printer shares cannot be previewed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:259
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>P</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Print File</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:265 index.docbook:3646
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"network_neighborhood_browser_printing\">Print</link> a file "
+"on a remote printer. This action is only available if a printer share is "
+"selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:270 index.docbook:526
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Mount</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:276 index.docbook:3658
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Mount the selected remote share. By default and if you clicked anything "
+"different than a share with type \"Disk\" or \"IPC\", this action is "
+"disabled. If you selected a mounted share, this action is replaced by the "
+"<guimenuitem>Unmount</guimenuitem> action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:281 index.docbook:537 index.docbook:658
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>U</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Unmount</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:287 index.docbook:543 index.docbook:3670 index.docbook:3740
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Unmount the selected share. This action is invisible by default and will "
+"only be visible instead of the <guimenuitem>Mount</guimenuitem> action when "
+"the share is currently mounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:292
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Although you can interact with the network neighborhood using the keyboard "
+"shortcuts mentioned above, in most cases it is more convenient to use the "
+"mouse. By right clicking you can open a popup menu. It contains all actions "
+"that are available in the network neighborhood browser. Depending on the "
+"position where you clicked (on a network item or on the viewport), some of "
+"them may be disabled. The figure below shows the popup menu opened on a "
+"remote share."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:295
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the popup menu of the network neighborhood browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:301
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The popup menu of the network neighborhood browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:312 index.docbook:747 index.docbook:1567 index.docbook:1626
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Tooltips"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:314
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For each network item a tooltip is provided that contains various "
+"information like the name of the workgroup and master browser, the name and "
+"IP address of the host, the name of the share, &etc;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:315
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The tooltips can be disabled in the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_user_interface_network_tooltips\">configuration dialog</"
+"link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:323 index.docbook:568
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Mounting a Share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:325
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "There are three options available to mount a remote share:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:328
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Execute the icon representing the remote share in the network neighborhood "
+"browser. (Depending on your &kde; settings, this is done by either single or "
+"double clicking the icon.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:329
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Select the remote share and click the <guimenuitem>Mount</guimenuitem> menu "
+"entry. Alternatively, you can press the <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; "
+"<keycap>M</keycap></keycombo> keyboard shortcut."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:330
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If &smb4k; was not able to find the server where the share is located, you "
+"can press the <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; "
+"<keycap>O</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Open Mount Dialog</"
+"guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu entry and a mount dialog will be opened:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:332
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the \"Mount Share\" dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:335
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The \"Mount Share\" dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:338
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Here you can enter the location of the share either as <ulink url=\"http://"
+"en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Uniform_Naming_Convention#Uniform_Naming_Convention"
+"\">Uniform Naming Convention (UNC)</ulink> address in the form "
+"<programlisting>//[USER@]SERVER/SHARE</programlisting> or <programlisting>\\"
+"\\[USER@]SERVER\\SHARE</programlisting> or as URL in the form "
+"<programlisting>[smb:]//[user@]server:port/share</programlisting> The "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> button will be enabled and you can press it to "
+"mount the share. However, it is advisable to enter the IP address and the "
+"workgroup of the server, too. If you want to add the share to the bookmarks "
+"at the same time, tick the <guibutton>Add this share to the bookmarks</"
+"guibutton> check box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:341
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Often a share is password protected. In this case, an <link linkend="
+"\"network_neighborhood_browser_authentication\">authentication dialog</link> "
+"will appear and you have to enter the correct user name (if not already "
+"provided) and password. &smb4k; will proceed mounting the share unless a "
+"wrong user name or password was supplied. In that case, the authentication "
+"dialog will reappear. If the mount process was successful, the user will be "
+"shown a notification and the share will appear in the <link linkend="
+"\"shares_view\">mounted shares view</link>. If mounting fails, a "
+"notification with the error message that was returned by <ulink url=\"man:/"
+"mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> (&Linux;) or "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount_smbfs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_smbfs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> (FreeBSD, "
+"NetBSD) will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:349
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Printing Files on Remote Printers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:351
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"To print a file on a remote printer, open the print dialog by clicking the "
+"printer icon or choosing the <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul"
+"\">&Ctrl; <keycap>P</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Print File</"
+"guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:353
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the print dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:356
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The print dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:359
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Printer</guilabel> section various information about the "
+"printer is shown. Under <guilabel>File</guilabel> you have to provide the "
+"path to the file you want to print. The number of copies can be defined "
+"under <guibutton>Options >></guibutton>. Press <guibutton>Print...</"
+"guibutton> to start the print process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:360
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; currently supports PDF, Postscript, image, and text files. If you "
+"try to print a file with an unsupported mimetype, a notification with an "
+"error message will appear telling you the mimetype is not supported. In this "
+"case you have to convert the file manually to Postscript or PDF and try "
+"again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:368
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Previewing Shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:370
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; provides the ability to preview remote shares. If you click the "
+"<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>V</keycap></"
+"keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Preview</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu "
+"entry, the contents of the selected remote share will be opened in a preview "
+"dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:372
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the preview dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:375
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The preview dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:378
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The preview dialog acts like a simple file manager. You can navigate through "
+"the contents of the remote share by clicking the folder icons in the list "
+"view and the <guibutton>Up</guibutton>, <guibutton>Back</guibutton>, and "
+"<guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button. The current location is displayed in "
+"the combo box on the right hand side. The <guibutton>Reload</guibutton> "
+"button reloads the contents of the current folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:379
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"By default, the preview dialog only shows folders and files that are not "
+"hidden. You can change this behavior in the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_network_general_behavior\">configuration dialog</link>. File "
+"transfers or the like are not possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:387
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Providing Authentication Information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:389
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Many servers or remote shares are password protected. In that case, a "
+"password dialog appears asking you for the user name and password. The same "
+"happens, if you click the <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul"
+"\">&Ctrl; <keycap>T</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut><guimenuitem>Authentication</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:391
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the authentication dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:394
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The authentication dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:397
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If a user name has already been provided, it will be shown in the respective "
+"field. If it is wrong or no user name was provided, you have to enter one. "
+"The password, however, may be left blank. Clicking the <guibutton>OK</"
+"guibutton> button will commit the data. Depending on your choice in the "
+"<link linkend=\"configuration_page_authentication\">configuration dialog</"
+"link>, the user name and password will be stored permanently in a digital "
+"wallet or not all. In the latter case you will have to provide them "
+"<emphasis>every time</emphasis> they are needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:405
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Defining Custom Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:407
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use the <guilabel>Custom Options</guilabel> dialog if you want to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:409
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"define custom Samba options for a single server or share that deviate from "
+"the ones defined in the configuration dialog,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:410
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"define a server that should be woken up prior to network scans or mount "
+"attempts (Wake-On-LAN feature, see <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_network_wake_on_lan\">here</link>),"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:411
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"always mount a certain share on start-up or if the corresponding profile is "
+"loaded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:413
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The dialog is opened by clicking the <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action="
+"\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Custom "
+"Options</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:416
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the custom options dialog for a share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:422
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The custom options dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:427
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <guibutton>Default</guibutton> button is enabled if the entries in the "
+"dialog deviate from the settings you defined in the configuration dialog. By "
+"clicking it, you can reset the entries in the dialog to their default "
+"values. The <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button is enabled if you changed the "
+"settings in the dialog. Clicking it will commit the custom settings and "
+"close the dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:428
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Under FreeBSD and NetBSD, the dialog contains less entries than if you run a "
+"different operating system, because several of the options are not supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:431 index.docbook:2092 index.docbook:3403
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<title>Samba</title>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:433
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection, the settings in the custom options dialog "
+"either apply to all shares of a server or to a single one. You can define "
+"the SMB port, the file system port (&Linux; only), the write access, the "
+"user ID, the group ID and if Kerberos should be used for authentication. For "
+"detailed information on the individual settings, please see <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_page_samba\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:437 index.docbook:1841 index.docbook:3413
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Wake-On-LAN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:439
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"To make the Wake-On-LAN feature work, you need to provide the MAC address of "
+"the server you selected. Currently, &smb4k; has no way to determine the MAC "
+"address, so you need to find it out on your own. Afterwards, you can define "
+"if &smb4k; should send a magic Wake-On-LAN package to the selected host "
+"before the network neighborhood is scanned and/or one of its shares is "
+"mounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:448 index.docbook:1174
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Adding Bookmarks"
+msgstr "Создание закладок"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:450
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "A bookmark is added by selecting a remote share (only these can be "
+#| "bookmarked) and pressing the <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>B</"
+#| "keycap></keycombo> keyboard shortcut or selecting the <guimenuitem>Add "
+#| "Bookmark</guimenuitem> menu item. The bookmark will then be accessible "
+#| "through the <guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu> menu. See the section <link "
+#| "linkend=\"mainwindow_bookmarks\">Handling Bookmarks</link> for more "
+#| "details."
+msgid ""
+"A bookmark is added by selecting a remote share (only these can be "
+"bookmarked) and pressing the <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>B</"
+"keycap></keycombo> keyboard shortcut or selecting the <guimenuitem>Add "
+"Bookmark</guimenuitem> menu item. The bookmark will then be accessible "
+"through the <guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu> menu. See the section <link linkend="
+"\"bookmarks\">Bookmarks</link> for more details."
+msgstr ""
+"Закладки можно создавать только для ресурсов. Чтобы добавить закладку, "
+"выберите общий ресурс и нажмите на клавиатуре <keycombo action=\"simul"
+"\">&Ctrl; <keycap>B</keycap></keycombo> или используете пункт меню "
+"<guimenuitem>Добавить закладку</guimenuitem>. Закладка появится в меню "
+"<guimenu>Закладки</guimenu>. Для получения большей информации прочитайте "
+"раздел <link linkend=\"mainwindow_bookmarks\">Управление закладками</link>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:451
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The bookmarks can be used to mount remote shares."
+msgstr ""
+"Закладки можно использовать для быстрого подключения общих папок, без "
+"необходимости поиска по сетевому окружению."
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:460
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Network search"
+msgid "The Network Search View"
+msgstr "Поиск по сети"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:462
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Network Search</guilabel> view consists of the combo box where "
+"you can enter the search item and a list view where the search results are "
+"shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:464
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Screenshot of the bookmarks addition dialog"
+msgid "Screenshot of the network search view"
+msgstr "Снимок диалогового окна добавления закладки"
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:467
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Network search"
+msgid "The network search view"
+msgstr "Поиск по сети"
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:476
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Searching"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:478
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; searches the network neighborhood for shares that match or contain "
+"the search string. To start a search, enter the term into the input box and "
+"either press the &Enter; key or click the <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo "
+"action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>S</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut><guimenuitem>Search</guimenuitem></menuchoice> action next to the "
+"input box. All network shares that match the search criterion are listed in "
+"the list view. If they are already mounted on the system, they are marked "
+"accordingly. If the search fails, an error message is displayed. Starting a "
+"new search will clear the list view. If you need to abort a search, click "
+"the <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>A</"
+"keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Abort</guimenuitem></menuchoice> "
+"action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:489
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For the network search also several actions are defined. They are present in "
+"the menu bar under <guimenu>Search</guimenu>, the tool bar, in the widget "
+"itself and in its popup menu. The following ones are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:494
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Search</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:500 index.docbook:3693
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Search for the string that was entered in the search dialog. This action is "
+"visible by default and will be replaced by the <guimenuitem>Abort</"
+"guimenuitem> action if a network search is running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:511 index.docbook:3705
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Abort the network search. This action is invisible by default and will only "
+"be visible instead of the <guimenuitem>Search</guimenuitem> action if a "
+"network search is running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:517
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Clear"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:521 index.docbook:3716
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Clear the whole network search dialog. This action does not only clear the "
+"list view, but also the search item history in the combo box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:532 index.docbook:3728
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Mount a remote share from within the search dialog. Alternatively, you can "
+"double click the network share in the list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:548
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The popup menu contains two entries: The <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Clear</"
+"guimenuitem></menuchoice> action and the <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo "
+"action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut><guimenuitem>Mount</guimenuitem></menuchoice> | "
+"<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>U</keycap></"
+"keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Unmount</guimenuitem></menuchoice> dual "
+"action. The <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;"
+"<keycap>S</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Search</guimenuitem></"
+"menuchoice> | <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; "
+"<keycap>A</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Abort</guimenuitem></"
+"menuchoice> dual action is located next to the search input box (as well as "
+"in the menu bar and tool bar)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:551
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the network search view's popup menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:557
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The network search view's popup menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:570
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"A discovered share can directly be mounted by either double clicking it or "
+"by selecting it and choosing the <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action="
+"\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>D</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Mount</"
+"guimenuitem></menuchoice> action from the popup menu. When mounting a homes "
+"share, you are asked to provide the user name and a share with that name is "
+"mounted. The homes share itself will, thus, not be labeled as mounted "
+"afterwards. Due to a shortcoming of the utility program that does the actual "
+"search (the <ulink url=\"man:/smbtree"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbtree</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> command), &smb4k; cannot discriminate "
+"between printer and normal shares. Mounting a printer share will fail and an "
+"error notification will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:579
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Mounted Shares View"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:581
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the shares view, you can interact with the mounted shares on your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:588
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Different Views"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:590
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; comes with two alternative views: an icon and a list view. They are "
+"both shown below. The default one is the icon view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:591
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The icon view:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:593
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the shares icon view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:599
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The shares icon view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:603
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The list view:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:605
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the shares list view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:611
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The shares list view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:616
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You can switch between the two views by selecting either the appropriate "
+"entry in the <guimenuitem>View Modes</guimenuitem> from the <link linkend="
+"\"mainwindow_overview\"><guimenu>Shares View</guimenu></link> menu of the "
+"main window or in the shares view's <link linkend="
+"\"shares_view_actions_popup_menu\">popup menu</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:617
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"By default, only your own mounts are displayed. However, you can tell "
+"&smb4k; to show all mounts by altering the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_page_shares_behavior\">respective settings</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:627
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For the shares view several actions are defined. They are present in the "
+"menu bar under <guimenu>Shares</guimenu>, the tool bar and in its popup "
+"menu. The following ones are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:632
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "View Modes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:635 index.docbook:3762
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Choose the view mode from the submenu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:639
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guimenuitem>Icon View</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:642 index.docbook:3773
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The shares are shown in an icon view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:647
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guimenuitem>List View</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:650 index.docbook:3785
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The shares are shown in a list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:664
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Unmount one or multiple selected shares. The ability to unmount shares is by "
+"default restricted to the ones that are owned by you. However, you can "
+"change this behavior by changing the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_page_shares_behavior\">settings</link> in the configuration "
+"dialog. If no share is selected in the shares view, this button is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:665 index.docbook:3801
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; also provides the ability to force the unmounting of shares (&Linux; "
+"only). This might be useful with inaccessible shares that cannot be "
+"unmounted the normal way. To enable this feature, you need to modify the "
+"<link linkend=\"configuration_page_shares_behavior\">settings</link> in the "
+"configuration dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:666 index.docbook:678 index.docbook:3802
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Read the <link linkend=\"shares_view_unmounting\">Unmounting Shares</link> "
+"section for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:671
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>N</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Unmount All</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:677 index.docbook:3814
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Unmount all shares at once. The restrictions noted above also apply here. If "
+"you do not have any shares mounted, this button is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:688
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Add a bookmark to the currently selected mounted share. This action is "
+"disabled if no share is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:694
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Y</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Synchronize</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:700 index.docbook:3837
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Start the <link linkend=\"shares_view_synchronization\">synchronization</"
+"link> of a share with a local copy or vice versa. This menu entry is only "
+"enabled if you installed the program <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and a share is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:705
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>L</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Open with Konsole</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:711
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Open the base folder of a share in &konsole;. This menu item is useful if "
+"you need to run shell scripts, &etc;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:716
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>I</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Open with File Manager</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Open the contents of a share in the default file manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:727
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The popup menu includes all actions that can be performed on a mounted share:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:729
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the popup menu of the shares view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:735
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The popup menu of the shares view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:739
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "It can be opened by clicking the right mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:749
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The tooltips provide information about the share name, the mount point, the "
+"user and group, the login, the file system, the disk usage, and the free "
+"disk space. If the share is <link linkend=\"shares_view_inaccessible_shares"
+"\">inaccessible</link>, these values are marked as unknown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:750
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Tooltips are enabled by default. You can deactivate them in the <link "
+"linkend=\"configuration_user_interface_shares_tooltips\">configuration "
+"dialog</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:758
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Inaccessible Shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:760
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; periodically checks all mounted shares if they are still accessible. "
+"If an inaccessible share is encountered, it will be marked with a <link "
+"linkend=\"shares_view_icons\">locked folder icon</link> and you will not be "
+"able to open or synchronize it anymore. Unmounting and adding a bookmark is "
+"still possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:761
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The program might freeze for a short period of time due to an inaccessible "
+"share. It will recover afterwards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:769
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:771
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Three different icons may be presented to the user:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:773
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of three different icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:779
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Three different icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:784
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The icon on the left hand side indicates that this share is not accessible. "
+"&smb4k; won't allow you to open it or to do synchronization with it. You "
+"will only be able to unmount it or add a bookmark."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:785
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The central icon indicates that the share is online, accessible, and owned "
+"by you. You may perform all available actions on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:786
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"All shares marked with a warning sign like the one on the right hand side "
+"are owned by another user. They are only shown if you adjusted the <link "
+"linkend=\"configuration_page_shares_behavior\">settings</link> to display "
+"them. In the default configuration, you are not allowed to unmount these "
+"shares, but you can <link linkend=\"configuration_page_shares_behavior"
+"\">change this behavior</link>, too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:795
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Drag-and-Drop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:797
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; supports drag-and-drop in the shares view. To transfer or link data "
+"to a share, drag the files and/or folders over the share icon and drop them "
+"there. A popup menu will open asking you what you want to do. Choose the "
+"appropriate action (copy, move or link)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:799
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the shares view after the user dropped a file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:805
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "A popup menu opened after the user dropped a file onto a share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:809
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"To avoid the popup menu, press the &Shift; key for moving, the &Ctrl; key "
+"for copying and the <keycombo>&Ctrl;&Shift;</keycombo> key combination for "
+"linking while dragging and dropping. The transfer will only be successful if "
+"the share was mounted with read and write permissions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:810
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You can also drag and drop the whole share to the desktop or to another "
+"application (&eg; &dolphin;). Again, a popup menu will open asking you, what "
+"you want to do. When choosing the appropriate operation, please remember "
+"that under most circumstances moving and linking the share might not be a "
+"good idea."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:818
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Unmounting Shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:820
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"One or multiple selected shares may be unmounted by either clicking the "
+"<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>U</keycap></"
+"keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Unmount</guimenuitem></menuchoice> action "
+"or by pressing its keyboard shortcut. By default, the ability to unmount a "
+"share is restricted to the ones that are owned by you. This behavior can be "
+"altered in the <link linkend=\"configuration_page_shares_behavior"
+"\">configuration dialog</link>. If you enabled the unmounting of shares that "
+"are owned by other users, you will be presented with a warning dialog prior "
+"to the actual unmount:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:822
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot of the warning dialog that is shown when a foreign share is to be "
+"unmounted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The warning dialog that is shown when unmounting foreign shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:832
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you click the <guibutton>Yes</guibutton> button, the share will "
+"definitely be unmounted. So, please think twice before you decide to unmount "
+"shares that are owned by other users!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:833
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Inaccessible shares are unmounted with a \"normal\" unmount by default. If "
+"this should fail, you can <link linkend=\"configuration_page_shares_behavior"
+"\">configure</link> &smb4k; so as to perform a <ulink url=\"man:/umount"
+"\">lazy unmount</ulink> on inaccessible shares (&Linux; only)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:834
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"All shares can be unmounted at once by clicking the "
+"<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>N</keycap></"
+"keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Unmount All</guimenuitem></menuchoice> "
+"action. Depending on your settings, this will also unmount foreign and "
+"inaccessible shares."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:835
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"After a successful unmount process, the user is notified. If unmounting "
+"fails, a notification with the returned error message will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:843 index.docbook:2694
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Synchronization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:845
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>Y</"
+"keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Synchronize</guimenuitem></"
+"menuchoice> menu item opens the synchronization dialog. It offers you the "
+"mount point of the share as source and a path below the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_page_synchronization_copying_defdest\">synchronization "
+"prefix</link> as destination. To update the data on the share, you can swap "
+"the destination with the source by clicking the <guibutton>Swap Paths</"
+"guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:847
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the synchronization input dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:853
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&URL; requester for sync'ing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:857
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Clicking the <guibutton>Synchronize</guibutton> button starts the "
+"synchronization. By left clicking on the <guibutton>Notifications</"
+"guibutton> button in the system tray, a progress dialog can be opened that "
+"shows some details about the transfer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:859
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the synchronization progress dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:865
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Progress dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:869
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the default, collapsed version it displays the source and destination of "
+"the file that is currently transferred, the transfer rate and the overall "
+"progress. More information like the number of transferred files and a "
+"graphical representation of the transfer rate can be seen by clicking the "
+"<guibutton>[+]</guibutton> (More) button on the left below to the progress "
+"bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:870
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The synchronization can be paused or canceled at any time by pressing the "
+"pause or stop button to the right of the progress bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:873
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The total number of files that is shown in the progress dialog corresponds "
+"to the number of files present on the share and not necessarily to the total "
+"number of files that will actually be transferred."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:874
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The progress is calculated from the number of transferred files devided by "
+"the total number of files present on the share. Their size is not "
+"considered. That means that one very large file adds to the progress as much "
+"as a very small one does. Also, due to the way <application>rsync</"
+"application> displays the transfer progress, the progress bar is only "
+"updated after the transfer of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:883
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Opening a Share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:885
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&smb4k; provides two possibilities to open a mounted share:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:887
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Open a share with &konsole;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You can open the mounted share in &konsole; by selecting the "
+"<menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>L</keycap></"
+"keycombo></shortcut><guimenuitem>Open with Konsole</guimenuitem></"
+"menuchoice> action. This is useful if you need to run shell scripts on the "
+"share or similar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:890
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Open a share with the default file manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:891
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You can open the share in the default file manager (&eg; &dolphin;) by "
+"clicking the share icon or selecting the <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo "
+"action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>I</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut><guimenuitem>Open with File Manager</guimenuitem></menuchoice> "
+"action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:894
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If a share is marked as inaccessible, it cannot be opened."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:903
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The System Tray Widget"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:910
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Location and Usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:912
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When &smb4k; is started, an icon appears in your system tray."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:915
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the system tray widget"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:918
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<phrase>System tray widget</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:922
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"By left clicking the icon, you can minimize or restore the main window. A "
+"right click brings up a popup menu that contains several menu items allowing "
+"you to work with the mounted shares, manage or mount your bookmarks, select "
+"the profile you want to use and to configure &smb4k; without the need to "
+"open the main window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:930
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Menus and Menu Items"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:932
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <guimenuitem>Mounted Shares</guimenuitem> menu lists all mounted shares "
+"and some actions that can be performed on them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:935
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the Mounted Shares popup menu of the system tray widget"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:938
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "System tray widget's Mounted Shares menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:945
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Unmount All"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:948
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Unmount all shares at once. Depending on your <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_page_shares_behavior\">settings</link>, &smb4k; attempts to "
+"unmount either only those shares that are owned by you or all that are "
+"listed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:953
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For each mounted share you can open a submenu that contains the following "
+"entries. For further information read <link linkend="
+"\"shares_view_actions_popup_menu\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:958
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Unmount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:961
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Unmount the share."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:969
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Add the selected share to the bookmarks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:974
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Synchronize"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:977
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Synchronize the mounted share with a local copy or vice versa. For further "
+"information read <link linkend=\"shares_view_actions_popup_menu\">here</"
+"link> and <link linkend=\"shares_view_synchronization\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:982
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Open with &konsole;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Open the base folder of the share in &konsole;."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:990
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Open with File Manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:993
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Open the contents of the share in the default file manager (&eg; &dolphin;)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:998
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <guimenuitem>Bookmarks</guimenuitem> menu contains all your bookmarks "
+"organized according to the structure you gave them (see also <link linkend="
+"\"bookmarks_adding\">here</link> and <link linkend=\"bookmarks_editor"
+"\">here</link>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1001
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Screenshot of the bookmarks addition dialog"
+msgid "Screenshot of the Bookmarks menu of the system tray widget"
+msgstr "Снимок диалогового окна добавления закладки"
+
+# BUGME: is this Plasma widget? --aspotashev
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1004
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "<para>System tray widget</para>"
+msgid "System tray widget's Bookmarks menu"
+msgstr "<para>Окно управления программой для системного лотка</para>"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1008
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Its layout is as described <link linkend=\"bookmarks_menu\">here</link> "
+"except that the <guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</guimenuitem> menu item is not "
+"present."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1009
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the <guimenuitem>Profiles</guimenuitem> menu, all <link linkend=\"profiles"
+"\">defined</link> profiles are listed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1012
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the Profiles menu of the system tray widget"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1015
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "System tray widget's Profiles menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1019
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You can activate a profile by clicking it. The profiles can be <link linkend="
+"\"profiles\">managed</link> via the <link linkend=\"configuration_profiles"
+"\">configuration dialog</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1020
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The other menu entries are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:1025
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Open Mount Dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1028
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Open the <link linkend=\"network_neighborhood_browser_mounting\">dialog</"
+"link> for \"manual\" mounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:1033
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configure &smb4k;..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1036
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Open the configuration dialog. See <link linkend=\"configuration\">here</"
+"link> for a full list of available settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:1041
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Minimize | Restore"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Hide (minimize) or show (restore) the main window. Which text is shown "
+"depends on the state of the main window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:1049
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut><guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1052
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Quit the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1064
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The &plasmoid;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1066
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; comes with a &plasmoid; that can be added as a widget to the desktop "
+"or the panel. It consists of four views that are arranged as tabs: "
+"<guilabel>Network Neighborhood</guilabel>, <guilabel>Mounted Shares</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Bookmarks</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Profiles</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1069
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the plasmoid on the desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1072
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the plasmoid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1081
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Network Neighborhood Tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1083
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"On the <guilabel>Network Neighborhood</guilabel> page the network items are "
+"arranged in a list view:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1086
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the plasmoid's network neighborhood tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1089 index.docbook:1112 index.docbook:1132
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Bookmarks tab of the plasmoid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1093
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"By clicking an entry you either enter the level below (&eg; clicking a "
+"workgroup or domain item will show a list of all hosts belonging to it), "
+"mount the selected share or invoke the print dialog. To go one level up "
+"again, you need to click the <guibutton>Up</guibutton> button in the toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1094
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For hosts and shares, to the right of the name of the network item some "
+"action buttons are arranged. For hosts, there is one button with that you "
+"can open the <link linkend="
+"\"network_neighborhood_browser_defining_custom_options\">Custom Options</"
+"link> dialog. For shares, there is an additional button with that you can "
+"<link linkend=\"bookmarks_adding\">add the share to the bookmarks</link>. "
+"The action buttons are transparent by default and change to opaque when you "
+"move your mouse over them. By left clicking you initiate the respective "
+"action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1095
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Besides the already mentioned <guibutton>Up</guibutton> button, the toolbar "
+"contains three more entries: <guibutton>Rescan</guibutton>, "
+"<guibutton>Abort</guibutton> and <guibutton>Mount Dialog</guibutton>. With "
+"them you can do a rescan, abort any running action or open the <link linkend="
+"\"network_neighborhood_browser_mounting\">dialog for \"manual\" mounts</"
+"link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1096
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the current development state, the &plasmoid; is not able to handle the "
+"<link linkend=\"configuration_network_periodic_scanning\">automatic scanning "
+"feature</link>, &smb4k; provides. Funny things will happen, if you use it "
+"with the &plasmoid; and will probably render it mostly unusable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1104
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Mounted Shares Tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1106
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"On the <guilabel>Mounted Shares</guilabel> page all mounted shares are "
+"listed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1109
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the plasmoid's mounted shares tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1115
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Right to the name of the share and its host, two action buttons are "
+"arranged. The first one is for <link linkend=\"bookmarks_adding\">adding a "
+"bookmark</link> and the second for unmounting the share. The action buttons "
+"are transparent by default and change to opaque when you move your mouse "
+"over them. By left clicking you initiate the respective action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1116
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The toolbar only contains the <guibutton>Unmount All</guibutton> action that "
+"lets you unmount all shares at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1124
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Bookmarks Tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"On the <guilabel>Bookmarks</guilabel> page, the bookmark groups and "
+"bookmarks defined for the currently active profile are listed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1129
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the plasmoid's bookmarks tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1136
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Bookmarked shares can be mounted by left clicking the respective bookmark. "
+"Bookmark groups can be entered the same way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"To edit or remove the bookmarks, you can press the <guibutton>Edit</"
+"guibutton> action button in the toolbar to open the <link linkend="
+"\"bookmarks_editor\">Bookmark Editor</link>. To get back to the toplevel the "
+"<guibutton>Back</guibutton> button is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1145
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Profiles Tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1147
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"On the <guilabel>Profiles</guilabel> page, all defined profiles are listed. "
+"The currently active one is marked with an appended <guilabel>(active)</"
+"guilabel> label."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1150
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the plasmoid's profiles tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1153
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Profiles tab of the plasmoid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1157
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "You can activate a certain profile by clicking it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1158
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Profiles can be <link linkend=\"profiles\">managed</link> via the <link "
+"linkend=\"configuration_profiles\">configuration dialog</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1167 index.docbook:1650
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Bookmarks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1176
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You can add bookmarks to your favorite shares from within the <link "
+#| "linkend=\"network_neighborhood_browser\">network neighborhood browser</"
+#| "link>, the <link linkend=\"mounted_shares_view\">shares view</link> and "
+#| "the <link linkend=\"plasmoid\">plasmoid</link>. In the dock widgets of "
+#| "the main window, this is done by selecting one or multiple shares and "
+#| "clicking the <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</guimenuitem></"
+#| "menuchoice> action. In the plasmoid, you click the respective bookmark "
+#| "action next to the item's name. A dialog will then pop up where you can "
+#| "add a label and/or assign a group to the bookmark."
+msgid ""
+"You can add bookmarks to your favorite shares from within the <link linkend="
+"\"network_neighborhood_browser\">network neighborhood browser</link> and the "
+"<link linkend=\"shares_view\">shares view</link> and the <link linkend="
+"\"plasmoid\">&plasmoid;</link>. In the dock widgets of the main window, this "
+"is done by selecting one or multiple shares and clicking the "
+"<menuchoice><guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</guimenuitem></menuchoice> action. In "
+"the &plasmoid;, you click the respective bookmark action next to the item's "
+"name. A dialog will then pop up where you can add a label and/or assign a "
+"group to the bookmark."
+msgstr ""
+"Создать закладку для часто используемого общего ресурса можно в <link "
+"linkend=\"network_neighborhood_browser\">списке ресурсов сети</link>, <link "
+"linkend=\"mounted_shares_view\">списке подключённых общих папок</link> или в "
+"<link linkend=\"plasmoid\">виджете Plasma</link>. Из главного окна программы "
+"это можно сделать, используя команду <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Добавить "
+"закладку</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. В виджете Plasma можно нажать кнопку "
+"добавления в закладки рядом с общим ресурсом. После нажатия соответствующей "
+"кнопки откроется диалоговое окно для выбора названия закладки и группы, в "
+"которую она будет добавлена."
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1179
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the bookmarks addition dialog"
+msgstr "Снимок диалогового окна добавления закладки"
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1182
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Bookmarks addition dialog"
+msgstr "Диалоговое окно добавления закладки"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1186
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Especially adding a group may help you to organize the bookmarks. In the "
+#| "bookmark menu, all bookmarks belonging to one group will be arranged in a "
+#| "submenu with the group entry as parent (see <link linkend="
+#| "\"mainwindow_bookmarks_menu\">below</link>)."
+msgid ""
+"Especially adding a group may help you to organize the bookmarks. In the "
+"bookmark menu, all bookmarks belonging to one group will be arranged in a "
+"submenu with the group entry as parent (see <link linkend=\"bookmarks_menu"
+"\">below</link>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы не запутаться в множестве закладок, их можно группировать. В меню "
+"закладок все закладки, находящиеся в одной группе, будут показаны во "
+"вложенном меню. Подробнее читайте <link linkend=\"mainwindow_bookmarks_menu"
+"\">ниже</link>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1187
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The label can be any text describing the share. In case you define a "
+#| "label, it will be displayed in the bookmarks menu instead of the UNC by "
+#| "default. If you want to change this behavior, you can do so in the <link "
+#| "linkend=\"configuration_user_interface_general_bookmarks\">configuration "
+#| "dialog</link>."
+msgid ""
+"The label can be any text describing the share. In case you define a label, "
+"it will be displayed in the bookmarks menu instead of the UNC by default. If "
+"you want to change this behavior, you can do so in the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_user_interface_misc_bookmarks\">configuration dialog</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Название закладки может быть любым, по вашему выбору. Если указать название, "
+"то оно будет показано в меню закладок вместо пути UNC. Но можно заставить "
+"программу всегда показывать путь UNC, с помощью соответствующего параметра в "
+"<link linkend=\"configuration_user_interface_general_bookmarks\">диалоге "
+"настройки</link>."
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1195
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Accessing and Managing Bookmarks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1197
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the main window, the bookmarks can be accessed and managed through the "
+"<guilabel>Bookmarks</guilabel> menu:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1200
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the bookmark popup menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1203
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Bookmark popup menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1207
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "In the menu there are two static items available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:1212
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Edit Bookmarks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1215 index.docbook:3883
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Open the <link linkend=\"bookmarks_editor\">bookmark editor</link>. This "
+"action is disabled if there are no bookmarks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:1220
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>B</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1226 index.docbook:3895
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Add one or several bookmarks. At least one share has to be selected to "
+"enable this action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1231
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "In case you have not defined any groups, there is a third item:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:1236
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Mount All Bookmarks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Mount all top-level bookmarks at once. It is disabled if all bookmarked "
+"shares are mounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1244
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"All other entries are either group submenus or shares that do not belong to "
+"a group. All entries are listed alphabetically and the bookmarks may either "
+"appear with their UNC address or descriptive label. By clicking a bookmark, "
+"the respective share is mounted. If a bookmarked share is mounted on the "
+"system, the bookmark entry is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1245
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For each group there is a submenu. It contains all bookmarks belonging to "
+"the group and a <guimenuitem>Mount All Bookmarks</guimenuitem> menu item. "
+"The latter one can be used to mount all bookmarks in that submenu at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1246
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the system tray widget, there is an identical <guilabel>Bookmarks</"
+"guilabel> <link linkend=\"systemtray_menus\">submenu</link> except that the "
+"<guilabel>Add Bookmark</guilabel> entry is missing. The plasmoid provides a "
+"<guilabel>Bookmarks</guilabel> <link linkend=\"plasmoid_bookmarks\">tab</"
+"link> where all bookmarks are arranged in a similar way as in the bookmark "
+"menu. The bookmark groups and the bookmarks are listed in the view. "
+"Bookmarked shares can be mounted by clicking the respective entry. In the "
+"tool bar two actions are present: <guimenuitem>Back</guimenuitem> and "
+"<guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>. By clicking <guimenuitem>Back</guimenuitem> "
+"you can get back to the top level if you entered a group folder. The "
+"<guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem> action will open the <link linkend="
+"\"bookmarks_editor\">bookmark editor</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1254
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Editing Bookmarks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1256
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The bookmarks may be edited or removed via the bookmark editor. It can be "
+"opened by clicking the <guimenuitem>Edit Bookmarks</guimenuitem> entry in "
+"the <guilabel>Bookmarks</guilabel> menu or the <guimenuitem>Edit</"
+"guimenuitem> action in the <guilabel>Bookmarks</guilabel> tab of the "
+"&plasmoid;."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1259
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the bookmark editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1262
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Bookmark editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1266
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the tree view, the bookmarks are arranged according to the groups they "
+"belong to. Bookmarks without groups are located at the top level. To "
+"rearrange bookmarks, the tree view offers drag and drop capabilities, so "
+"that you can move bookmarks around using the mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1267
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you want to edit a bookmark, you can do so by selecting it. The stored "
+"label, login, IP address and group name appear in the input widgets and "
+"become editable. In most cases, you do not need to touch the IP address and "
+"the login, because &smb4k; stored the correct values at the time you "
+"bookmarked the share. However, if the server got a different IP address "
+"(&eg; because DHCP is used on your local network) or your login changed, "
+"these entries should be adjusted. With the label you can give each bookmark "
+"a custom description. It will be used for display <emphasis>instead</"
+"emphasis> of the UNC address, but this can be changed in the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_user_interface_misc_bookmarks\">configuration dialog</link>. "
+"The group entry, finally, helps you to organize your bookmarks. Especially "
+"if you use &eg; your notebook at home and at work, and you do not want to "
+"use <link linkend=\"profiles\">profiles</link>, it might be a good idea to "
+"create two groups \"Home\" and \"Work\" and save the bookmarks accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1268
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The tree view also offers a popup menu containing the following three "
+"actions. They can be used to add groups or remove groups and/or bookmarks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1271
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the popup menu of the bookmark editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1274
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Popup menu of the bookmark editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:1281
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Add Group"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1284
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Add a bookmark group. After you created a group, you can move bookmarks to "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:1289
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Remove"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1292
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Remove a selected bookmark or group. In case of a group, all bookmarks "
+"stored under that group are also removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guimenuitem
+#: index.docbook:1297
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Clear Bookmarks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1300
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Remove all bookmarks from the tree view including all groups."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1304
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"After you finished editing, the changes can be committed by clicking the "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1313 index.docbook:3424 index.docbook:3470
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Profiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1315
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; offers the use of different profiles. They are intended for better "
+"handling of different network neighborhoods, &eg; if you are using your "
+"laptop at home and at work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1316
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"By default, the use of different profiles is disabled and a default profile "
+"is used: one profile for everything. Most users won't have to change "
+"anything, because the default behavior satisfies their needs completely. "
+"However, for some users this feature might be very useful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1323
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Enabling and Managing Profiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1324
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The use of different profiles can be enabled in the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_profiles\">configuration dialog</link>. The first profile in "
+"the list, most likely the <guilabel>Home</guilabel> profile, is picked to be "
+"the active profile. You can also enable the profile migration assistant."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1325
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Two profiles are pre-defined, <guilabel>Home</guilabel> and <guilabel>Work</"
+"guilabel>, but you can define as many profiles as you want. A new profile is "
+"added by entering its name into the edit line on the <guibutton>Profiles</"
+"guibutton> configuration page and clicking <guibutton>Add</guibutton> "
+"afterwards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1327
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the Profiles configuration page (add profile)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1333
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Profiles configuration page (add profile)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1337
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you want to rename a profile, just click it and edit the name edit line. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Add</guibutton> will update the name in the list view. "
+"All stored settings will be migrated seamlessly (without the use of the "
+"migration assistant). A profile can be removed by selecting it in the list "
+"view and clicking <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>. There is also the "
+"possibility to change the order of the profiles with the <guibutton>Move Up</"
+"guibutton> and <guibutton>Move Down</guibutton> buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1338
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In case you enabled the use of the migration assistant, it is always "
+"launched when you remove a profile or when you enable/disable the use of "
+"profiles. It provides the possibility to migrate all relevant settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1340
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "of a profile that is to be removed to another one"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1341
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "of the default profile to a specific other profile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1342
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "of all profiles back to the default profile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1344
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The following screenshot shows exemplarily the profile migration assistant "
+"after you enabled the use of profiles:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1346
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Screenshot of the bookmarks addition dialog"
+msgid "Screenshot of the profile migration assistant"
+msgstr "Снимок диалогового окна добавления закладки"
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1352
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Profile Migration Assistant"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1356
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Under <guilabel>Old Profile</guilabel> the old profile (<guilabel>&lt;"
+"Default Profile&gt;</guilabel> in this case) is listed. Under <guilabel>New "
+"Profile</guilabel> you can choose the profile where the settings should be "
+"migrated to from a drop-down menu. Clicking the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
+"button migrates the settings, clicking <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> cancels "
+"the action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1357
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In order to use the migration assistant when you enable the use of profiles "
+"the first time, you need to enable its use at the same time you enable the "
+"use of profiles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1365
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Activating a Profile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1366
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"By default, the first profile in the list is set active when you enable the "
+"use of profiles. The active profile can be changed in the <guimenu>Profiles</"
+"guimenu> menu of the main window or the system tray widget or on the "
+"<guilabel>Profiles</guilabel> page of the plasmoid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1367
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "When a profile is activated, several things happen:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1369
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"All currently mounted shares are unmounted and are scheduled for remount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1370
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"All shares are remounted that were previously mounted under the activated "
+"profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1371
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The bookmarks of this profile are loaded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1372
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The custom options of this profile are loaded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1374
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"So, don't be surprised when things change when you selected a different "
+"profile ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1383
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Notifications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1390
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Default login"
+msgid "Default Behavior"
+msgstr "Сохранение имени пользователя и пароля, используемых по умолчанию"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1391
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Normal events like mounting and unmounting of a share as well as warnings "
+"and errors are reported to the user via system notifications. By default, "
+"when the user is notified about a normal event, a notification pops up "
+"silently. With warnings and errors also a sound is played. The screenshot "
+"below shows the notification that pops up after a share was mounted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1393
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the notification after mounting a share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1396
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Mounting and unmounting of shares"
+msgid "Notification after mounting a share"
+msgstr "Подключение и отключение общих папок"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1399
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The default behavior of each notification can be changed via the <link "
+"linkend=\"notifications_manage\">&systemsettings;</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1407
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Managing Notifications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1408
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; uses notifications to inform the user about events, warnings and "
+"errors. They can be managed via the &systemsettings;. To modify the behavior "
+"of one or all notifications, open the <guibutton>Application and System "
+"Notifications</guibutton> module and choose the <guibutton>Manage "
+"Notifications</guibutton> entry. In the tab <guilabel>Applications</"
+"guilabel> select the <guilabel>Advanced Network Neighborhood Browser</"
+"guilabel> entry from the drop-down menu:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1410
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Screenshot of the bookmarks addition dialog"
+msgid "Screenshot of the systemsettings notification module"
+msgstr "Снимок диалогового окна добавления закладки"
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1413
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Systemsettings notification module"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1416
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"All available notifications are shown in the list view and can be edited, "
+"enabled and disabled according to your liking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1425
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Special Remarks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1432
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Samba Security Fixes of April 12, 2016"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1434
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"On April 12, 2016 the Samba team released security fixes for the <ulink url="
+"\"http://www.badlock.org\">Badlock bug</ulink>. Unfortunately, they also "
+"introduced a regression that causes the <command>net</command> command to "
+"fail on many systems when querying remote hosts. If you experience this "
+"issue, you can add two lines to the [global] section of your <filename>smb."
+"conf</filename> file to make browsing work again:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: programlisting
+#: index.docbook:1436
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"[global]\n"
+"...\n"
+"client max protocol = SMB3\n"
+"client ipc max protocol = NT1\n"
+"..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1438
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Unfortunately, this fix for &smb4k; breaks the possibility to connect to the "
+"network neighborhood with &dolphin; and maybe also other programs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1446
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Denied Privilege Escalation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1448
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In case the mount and unmount actions fail with an "
+"<guilabel>AuthorizationDeniedError</guilabel>, your polkit-1 setup might "
+"need to be adjusted: Add a file, &eg; named <filename>10-mounthelper.rules</"
+"filename>, to the <filename class=\"directory\">$PREFIX/etc/polkit-1/rules.d/"
+"</filename> directory with the following content:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: programlisting
+#: index.docbook:1450
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"polkit.addRule(function(action, subject) {\n"
+"        if (action.id == \"org.kde.smb4k.mounthelper.mount\" &amp;&amp; \n"
+"            subject.isInGroup(\"wheel\")) {\n"
+"                return polkit.Result.YES;\n"
+"        }\n"
+"});\n"
+"\n"
+"polkit.addRule(function(action, subject) {\n"
+"        if (action.id == \"org.kde.smb4k.mounthelper.unmount\" &amp;&amp;\n"
+"            subject.isInGroup(\"wheel\")) {\n"
+"                return polkit.Result.YES;\n"
+"        }\n"
+"});"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1452
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This allows all users in the Unix group <emphasis>wheel</emphasis> to "
+"execute the mount and unmount action. You may adjust the group of authorized "
+"users to any group you need (&eg; <emphasis>sudo</emphasis> or "
+"<emphasis>operator</emphasis>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1460
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Remarks for FreeBSD Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1462
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Since version 1.2.0, the password for a share is directly passed to "
+"<command>mount_smbfs</command>, so that the <filename>~/.nsmbrc</filename> "
+"is not necessary anymore for mounting. Moreover, &smb4k; will not write any "
+"data to that file anymore."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1470
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Remarks for NetBSD Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1472
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"To make the &kf5;-based version of &smb4k; run on NetBSD, you might need to "
+"adjust some things:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1474
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If mounting does not work, you should add the polkit-1 rules as described "
+"<link linkend=\"special_remarks_polkit-1\">above</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1475
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"As of November 2017, <ulink url=\"https://www.pkgsrc.org\">pkgsrc</ulink> "
+"does not contain the &plasma; desktop. When using a different desktop "
+"environment, &Qt; and &kf5; applications might be missing the icons. In that "
+"case, you might want to download the sources of <ulink url=\"https://"
+"sourceforge.net/projects/qt5ct/\"><application>qt5ct</application></ulink>, "
+"configure, compile and install it. Therefor, follow the directions in the "
+"README file. To use <application>qt5ct</application> with your desktop "
+"environment, add the following line to your <filename>~/.xinitrc</filename> "
+"or <filename>~/.profile</filename> file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: programlisting
+#: index.docbook:1476
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "export QT_QPA_PLATFORMTHEME=qt5ct"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1477
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If <application>qt5ct</application> does not start due to a missing "
+"<filename>libGL.so.2</filename> shared library file, create the <filename>/"
+"etc/ld.so.conf</filename> file and add the path <filename class=\"directory"
+"\">/usr/X11R7/lib</filename> to it. This should fix the problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1489
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring &smb4k;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1491
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This section describes the settings that are available to configure &smb4k;. "
+"To open the configuration dialog, you have to click the <link linkend="
+"\"mainwindow_overview\"><guimenuitem>Configure &smb4k;...</guimenuitem></"
+"link> menu item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1498
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "User Interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1500
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"With the options located here you can change the appearance and behavior of "
+"several dialogs and widgets. Please note that if you want to change the "
+"appearance of the main window you will find additional options under "
+"<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> in the <link linkend=\"mainwindow_overview"
+"\">menubar</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1502
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the \"User Interface\" configuration tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1505
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The \"Appearance\" configuration tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1514
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Network Neighborhood"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1517 index.docbook:1746 index.docbook:1924
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Behavior"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1522
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Automatically expand domains and hosts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1525
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Automatically expand domain and host items when a list of associated network "
+"items (domain members or shares) is added or updated. Please note that a "
+"domain or host item will always be expanded when you execute it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1526 index.docbook:1542 index.docbook:1551 index.docbook:1560
+#: index.docbook:1576 index.docbook:1635 index.docbook:1659 index.docbook:1701
+#: index.docbook:1783 index.docbook:1792 index.docbook:2034 index.docbook:2470
+#: index.docbook:2741 index.docbook:2751 index.docbook:2761 index.docbook:2830
+#: index.docbook:2898 index.docbook:2908 index.docbook:2918 index.docbook:2928
+#: index.docbook:2938
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1533
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Columns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1538
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Show the type of the share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1541
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The type of the shares is shown (i. e. Disk, Printer, or IPC)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1547
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Show the IP address of the server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1550
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The IP address of the remote servers is shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Show the comment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1559
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The comment of a remote server or share is shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1572
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Show a tooltip with information about the network item"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1575
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"A tooltip will be shown when you move the mouse pointer over an item in the "
+"network neighborhood browser. It contains information about the network item "
+"such as the workgroup or domain name, host name, comment, type, &etc;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1588
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Mounted Shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1591
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "View"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1596
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "View mode of the shares view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1599
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Define the view mode of the shares view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1600
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The following modes are defined:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1604
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guibutton>Icon View</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1607
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The icon view mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1612
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guibutton>List View</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1615
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The list view mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1619
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: <guibutton>Icon View</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1631
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Show a tooltip with information about the share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1634
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"A tooltip will be shown if you move the mouse pointer over an item in the "
+"shares view. It contains information about the underlying item such as the "
+"share name, UNC address, mount point, owner and group, login (CIFS file "
+"system, &Linux; only), disk usage, &etc;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1647
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1655
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Show custom bookmark label if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1658
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The custom description (label) of the bookmark is shown. It can be defined "
+"in the <link linkend=\"bookmarks_editor\">bookmark editor</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1672
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1674
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The options located here can be used to change the lookup method for the "
+"browse list, to make &smb4k; send authentication information when querying "
+"the workgroup master browsers, to modify the behavior when previewing or "
+"looking up remote shares, and to enable periodic scanning as well as the "
+"Wake-On-LAN features. If you want to adjust the behavior of Samba programs, "
+"see the <link linkend=\"configuration_page_samba\">Samba</link> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1677
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the \"Network\" configuration tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1680
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The \"Network\" configuration tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1689 index.docbook:2022 index.docbook:2109
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1692
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Browse List"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1697
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan the network neighborhood for available workgroups and domains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1700
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; will search for all available master browsers on the network by "
+"using <ulink url=\"man:/nmblookup\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>nmblookup</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink>. This is the "
+"default method and it is very reliable in finding all workgroups and domains "
+"of your network neighborhood. However, it suffers a few shortcomings like "
+"poor unicode support (&eg; umlauts might be replaced by dots)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1706
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Query the current workgroup master browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1709
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The current master browser of your workgroup or domain is looked up and "
+"queried for the browse list. If some of the workgroup names of your network "
+"neighborhood contain umlauts or other special characters, you might want to "
+"try this method, since unicode is supported. However, sometimes outdated "
+"workgroup master browsers might be returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1710 index.docbook:1719 index.docbook:1739 index.docbook:1801
+#: index.docbook:1825 index.docbook:1852 index.docbook:1913 index.docbook:1934
+#: index.docbook:1961 index.docbook:1970 index.docbook:1980 index.docbook:1989
+#: index.docbook:2058 index.docbook:2174 index.docbook:2183 index.docbook:2192
+#: index.docbook:2252 index.docbook:2285 index.docbook:2326 index.docbook:2452
+#: index.docbook:2461 index.docbook:2479 index.docbook:2488 index.docbook:2497
+#: index.docbook:2506 index.docbook:2772 index.docbook:2782 index.docbook:2793
+#: index.docbook:2803 index.docbook:2813 index.docbook:2840 index.docbook:2850
+#: index.docbook:2860 index.docbook:2871 index.docbook:2881 index.docbook:2948
+#: index.docbook:2973 index.docbook:2983 index.docbook:2993 index.docbook:3003
+#: index.docbook:3013 index.docbook:3023 index.docbook:3033 index.docbook:3043
+#: index.docbook:3097 index.docbook:3132 index.docbook:3203 index.docbook:3214
+#: index.docbook:3240 index.docbook:3250 index.docbook:3260 index.docbook:3270
+#: index.docbook:3280 index.docbook:3291 index.docbook:3309 index.docbook:3368
+#: index.docbook:3450 index.docbook:3459
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: not selected"
+msgstr "Значение по умолчанию: выключено"
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1715
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Query this custom master browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1718
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The master browser entered in the text box will be queried to retrieve the "
+"browse list. It can be specified by using either its NetBIOS name or its IP "
+"address. This option might be of use if you have an uncommonly configured "
+"network neighborhood."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1725
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <guibutton>Scan these broadcast areas</guibutton> method was removed "
+"prior to the release of &smb4k; 2.0.0, because it was buggy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1730 index.docbook:2001 index.docbook:2165
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1735
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The master browsers require authentication to return the browse list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1738
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If the workgroup master browsers require authentication to return the browse "
+"list, you need to check this button. This may be the case for example with "
+"some NAS devices. This setting is rarely needed and might even cause a "
+"master browser to return an empty browse list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1751
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Lookup method for IP addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1754
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Define the method that is to be used to detect the IP addresses of the "
+"hosts. By default, <ulink url=\"man:/nmblookup"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>nmblookup</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1755 index.docbook:2208
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The following options are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1759
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use nmblookup command"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1762
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Use the <ulink url=\"man:/nmblookup"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>nmblookup</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1767
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use net command"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1770
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Use the <ulink url=\"man:/net\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1774
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: <guibutton>Use nmblookup command</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1779
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Support of printer shares"
+msgid "Detect printer shares"
+msgstr "Поддержка общих принтеров"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1782
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Printer shares are detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1788
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Detect hidden shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1791
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Hidden shares are detected. Hidden shares are ending with a $ sign, e.g. "
+"Musik$ or IPC$."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1797
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preview hidden files and directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1800
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Show all files and directories including the hidden ones when opening a "
+"share's contents in the preview dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1813 index.docbook:3226
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Advanced Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1816
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Periodic Scanning"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1821
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Scan the network neighborhood periodically"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1824
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you want to enable periodic scanning of the network neighborhood, you "
+"need to check this button. With this method, all available network items are "
+"looked up, &ie; workgroups and domains, servers and shares."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1830
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Interval between scans"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1833
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If periodic scanning is enabled, this is the time in minutes that elapses "
+"until a new scan is triggered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1834 index.docbook:1952
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: 5 min"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1843
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"To be able to use the Wake-On-LAN capability of &smb4k;, you have to enable "
+"the setting in this section. The hosts that should to be woken up have to be "
+"defined through the <link linkend="
+"\"network_neighborhood_browser_defining_custom_options\">custom options "
+"dialog</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1848
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Enable Wake-On-LAN features"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1851
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Enable Wake-on-LAN (WOL) features. Wake-On-LAN is an ethernet computer "
+"networking standard that allows a computer to be turned on or woken up by a "
+"network message. Smb4K uses a magic package send via a UDP socket to wake up "
+"remote servers. If you want to take advantage of the Wake-On-LAN feature, "
+"you need to enable this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1857
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Waiting time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1860
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the waiting time in seconds between the sending of the magic Wake-On-"
+"LAN packages and the scanning of the network neighborhood or the mounting of "
+"a share."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1861
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: 5 s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1874
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1876
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"These options determine where &smb4k; will mount the remote shares and how "
+"it behaves &eg; on start-up and exit. If you want to configure the mount "
+"options, please see the <link linkend=\"configuration_page_samba\">Samba</"
+"link> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:1879
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the \"Shares\" configuration tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:1885
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The \"Shares\" configuration tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:1895
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1900
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Mount prefix"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1903
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the base folder (mount prefix) where &smb4k; will mount the remote "
+"shares. It can be changed by using the &URL; requester (Click the button "
+"with the folder icon.) or by directly entering the new path into the text "
+"box. Path variables like <envar>$HOME</envar> are recognized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1904
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: <filename class=\"directory\">$HOME/smb4k/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1909
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Force generated subdirectories to be lower case"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1912
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"All subdirectories that are created by &smb4k; below the mount prefix will "
+"be lower case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1929
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Remote Ports"
+msgid "Remount shares"
+msgstr "Порты сервера"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1932
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Remount all your shares that were mounted when you exited the program or "
+"changed a profile. If the remounting of a share fails, Smb4K will retry the "
+"next time it is started. Shares that were mounted by other users are ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1933
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This setting does not affect the automatic remounting of shares when your "
+"computer woke up from a sleep state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guilabel
+#: index.docbook:1939
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Number of remount attempts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1942
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Set the number of attempts that are made to remount shares before Smb4K "
+"gives up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1943
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guilabel
+#: index.docbook:1948
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Interval between remount attempts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1951
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Set the time that elapses between attempts to remount shares."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1957
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Unmount all personal shares on exit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1960
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Unmount all shares that belong to you when the program exits. Shares that "
+"are owned by other users are ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1966
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Force the unmounting of inaccessible shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1969
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Force the unmounting of inaccessible shares (&Linux; only). In case a share "
+"is inaccessible, a lazy unmount is performed. Before the actual unmounting "
+"is done, a warning dialog is shown asking to approve the unmount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1975
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Allow the unmounting of shares that are owned by other users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1978
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option will allow you to unmount shares that were mounted by other "
+"users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1979
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "USE WITH EXTREME CAUTION!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:1985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Detect all shares that are mounted on the system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:1988
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You will not only see the shares that were mounted and are owned by you, but "
+"also all other mounts using the SMBFS (FreeBSD) and CIFS (&Linux;) file "
+"system that are present on the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2003
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Here you can change the settings affecting the authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:2006
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Screenshot of the bookmarks addition dialog"
+msgid "Screenshot of the \"Authentication\" configuration page"
+msgstr "Снимок диалогового окна добавления закладки"
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:2012
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The \"Authentication\" configuration page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2025
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Password Storage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2030
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Save logins in a wallet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2033
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The login names and passwords are stored in a subfolder named <filename role="
+"\"directory\">Smb4K</filename> of the current network wallet (default: "
+"\"kdewallet\"). The advantage of this method is, that the authentication "
+"data is stored permanently and encrypted on your hard drive. You only have "
+"to provide it once and the next time it is needed, &smb4k; will read it from "
+"the wallet. If you uncheck this option, the authentication data won't be "
+"stored at all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2041
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2046
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use a default login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2049
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The default login is used by default to authenticate to the servers in your "
+"network neighborhood. If you enable this feature, a password dialog pops up, "
+"where you can provide the default login information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:2051
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the default login input dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:2054
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The default login input dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2057
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You have to fill in at least the user name. Empty passwords are supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2070
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Wallet Entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2072
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Wallet Entries</guilabel> tab contains an editor with that you "
+"can modify or remove existing wallet entries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:2074
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the wallet entries editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:2077
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The wallet entries editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2080
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before you can edit the wallet entries, you have to load them from the "
+"wallet by pressing the <guibutton>Load</guibutton> button. The list of "
+"entries appears then on the left. An entry can be edited by selecting it and "
+"checking the <guibutton>Show details</guibutton> button. The details are "
+"then shown on the right and can be modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2081
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"An entry can be removed by right clicking it and choosing the "
+"<guimenuitem>Remove</guimenuitem> item from the popup menu. All wallet "
+"entries may be removed at once by choosing the <guimenuitem>Clear List</"
+"guimenuitem> item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2082
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Changes can be reset by choosing the <guimenuitem>Undo</guimenuitem> item "
+"from the popup menu either in the wallet entries list widget or in the "
+"details widget."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2083
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"After you finished editing, the changes have to be committed to the wallet "
+"by pressing <guibutton>Save</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2094
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Here you can directly influence the command line arguments that are passed "
+"to the Samba programs. Please note, that the settings will have no effect "
+"outside &smb4k; and that no changes will be applied to the <filename>smb."
+"conf</filename> configuration file. For further information, please refer to "
+"the manual pages of the Samba software suite."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:2097
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the \"Samba\" configuration page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:2100
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The \"Samba\" configuration page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2112
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2117
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "NetBIOS name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2120
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Set the NetBIOS name of your computer. The text box should already be filled "
+"with the information found in the <filename>smb.conf</filename> "
+"configuration file or with the hostname of your computer. Under normal "
+"circumstances there is no need to change anything here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2121
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Default: NetBIOS name defined in <filename>smb.conf</filename> or the "
+"hostname"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2126
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2129
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Set the name of the domain/workgroup your computer is in. The text box "
+"should already be filled with the information found in the <filename>smb."
+"conf</filename> configuration file. Under normal circumstances there is no "
+"need to change anything here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2130
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: domain name defined in <filename>smb.conf</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2135
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Socket options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2138
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Set the TCP socket options. Please refer to the <ulink url=\"man:/smb.conf"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smb.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> manual page to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2139
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: socket options defined in <filename>smb.conf</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2144
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "NetBIOS scope"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2147
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Set the NetBIOS scope. It is recommended that you read the <ulink url=\"man:/"
+"smb.conf\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smb.conf</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> manual page "
+"before entering anything here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2148
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: NetBIOS scope defined in <filename>smb.conf</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2153
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "SMB port"
+msgstr "Порт SMB"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2156
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Sets the remote SMB port number that is used by <ulink url=\"man:/net"
+#| "\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+#| "manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and <ulink url=\"man:/smbclient"
+#| "\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+#| "manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to communicate with a remote host. "
+#| "Under FreeBSD, this is also the port that is used for mounting."
+msgid ""
+"Sets the remote SMB port number that is used by <ulink url=\"man:/net"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry></ulink>, <ulink url=\"man:/smbclient"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and <ulink url=\"man:/smbclient"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbtree</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to communicate with a remote host. Under "
+"FreeBSD, this is also the port that is used for mounting."
+msgstr ""
+"Устанавливает номер порта SMB сервера, используемый программами <ulink url="
+"\"man:/net\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> и <ulink url=\"man:/smbclient"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> для взаимодействия с хостом. Во FreeBSD "
+"этот же порт будет использоваться для подключения общих папок."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2157
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Unless you are using a firewall or have a customized network setup, you do "
+"not need to change anything here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2158
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: 139"
+msgstr "Значение по умолчанию: 139"
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2170
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Try to authenticate with Kerberos"
+msgstr "Пытаться выполнить вход с помощью Kerberos"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2173
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Sets the remote SMB port number that is used by <ulink url=\"man:/net"
+#| "\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+#| "manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and <ulink url=\"man:/smbclient"
+#| "\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+#| "manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to communicate with a remote host. "
+#| "Under FreeBSD, this is also the port that is used for mounting."
+msgid ""
+"Use Kerberos for authentication in an Active Directory environment. This "
+"setting is used by <ulink url=\"man:/net\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink>, <ulink url="
+"\"man:/smbclient\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and <ulink url="
+"\"man:/smbtree\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbtree</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Устанавливает номер порта SMB сервера, используемый программами <ulink url="
+"\"man:/net\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> и <ulink url=\"man:/smbclient"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> для взаимодействия с хостом. Во FreeBSD "
+"этот же порт будет использоваться для подключения общих папок."
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2179
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Authenticate with local machine account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2182
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Sets the remote SMB port number that is used by <ulink url=\"man:/net"
+#| "\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+#| "manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and <ulink url=\"man:/smbclient"
+#| "\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+#| "manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to communicate with a remote host. "
+#| "Under FreeBSD, this is also the port that is used for mounting."
+msgid ""
+"Make queries to the remote server using the machine account of the local "
+"server. This setting is used by <ulink url=\"man:/net"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry></ulink>, <ulink url=\"man:/smbclient"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and <ulink url=\"man:/smbtree"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbtree</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Устанавливает номер порта SMB сервера, используемый программами <ulink url="
+"\"man:/net\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> и <ulink url=\"man:/smbclient"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> для взаимодействия с хостом. Во FreeBSD "
+"этот же порт будет использоваться для подключения общих папок."
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2188
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use Winbind ccache for authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2191
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Sets the remote SMB port number that is used by <ulink url=\"man:/net"
+#| "\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+#| "manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and <ulink url=\"man:/smbclient"
+#| "\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+#| "manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to communicate with a remote host. "
+#| "Under FreeBSD, this is also the port that is used for mounting."
+msgid ""
+"Try to use the credentials cached by Winbind. This setting is used by <ulink "
+"url=\"man:/net\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink>, <ulink url="
+"\"man:/smbclient\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and <ulink url="
+"\"man:/smbtree\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbtree</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Устанавливает номер порта SMB сервера, используемый программами <ulink url="
+"\"man:/net\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>net</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> и <ulink url=\"man:/smbclient"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> для взаимодействия с хостом. Во FreeBSD "
+"этот же порт будет использоваться для подключения общих папок."
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2199
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2204
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Signing state"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2207
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Set the client signing state. This setting is used by <ulink url=\"man:/"
+"smbclient\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and <ulink url="
+"\"man:/smbtree\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbtree</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2212
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "None"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2215
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do not set the client signing state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2220
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guibutton>On</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2223
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Set the client signing state to <emphasis>on</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2228
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guibutton>Off</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2231
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Set the client signing state to <emphasis>off</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2236
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Required"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Set the client signing state to <emphasis>required</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2243
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: None"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2248
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Encrypt SMB transport"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2251
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option requires the remote server to support the &UNIX; extensions. "
+"Request that the connection be encrypted. This is new for Samba 3.2 and will "
+"only work with Samba 3.2 or above servers. Fails the connection if "
+"encryption cannot be negotiated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2264
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Utility Programs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2267
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "nmblookup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2272
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Broadcast address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2275
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Send a query to the given broadcast address. Without this option the default "
+"behavior of nmblookup is to send the query to the broadcast address of the "
+"network interfaces as either auto-detected or defined in the "
+"<programlisting>interfaces = ...</programlisting> parameter of the "
+"<filename>smb.conf</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2276 index.docbook:2301
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: options defined in <filename>smb.conf</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2281
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Try and bind to UDP port 137 to send and receive UDP datagrams"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2284
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The reason for this option is a bug in Windows 95 where it ignores the "
+"source port of the requesting packet and only replies to UDP port 137. Under "
+"normal circumstances, you do not need to tick this check box. If you "
+"experience problems while scanning the network and you want to enable this "
+"option, read the manual page of <ulink url=\"man:/nmblookup"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>nmblookup</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> before."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2292
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "smbclient"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2297
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Name resolve order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2300
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Determine what naming services and in what order are used to resolve host "
+"names to IP addresses. The option takes a space-separated string of "
+"different name resolution options. The options are: \"lmhost\", \"host\", "
+"\"wins\" and \"bcast\". For further information see the manual page of "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/smbclient\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbclient</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2306
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Buffer size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2309
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Change the transmit/send buffer size when getting or putting a file from/to "
+"a remote server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2310
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: 65520 Bytes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2317
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "smbtree"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2322
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Send requests as broadcasts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2325
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Query network nodes by sending requests as broadcasts instead of querying "
+"the local master browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2339
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Mounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2341
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This configuration page contains all settings regarding the mounting of "
+"shares. The settings appearing here are depending on the operation system "
+"you are using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:2344
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Screenshot of the bookmarks addition dialog"
+msgid "Screenshot of the \"Mounting\" configuration page"
+msgstr "Снимок диалогового окна добавления закладки"
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:2347
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The \"Mounting\" configuration page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2356
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Common Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2361
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "User ID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2364
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Sets the owner of the files and directories on the file system. By default, "
+"your UID is used. To change the UID, press the search button and choose one "
+"from the drop down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2365
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: your UID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2370
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Group ID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2373
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Sets the group that owns the files and directories on the file system. By "
+"default, your GID is used. To change the GID, press the search button and "
+"choose one from the drop down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2374
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: your GID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2379
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "File mask"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2382
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Sets the permissions that are applied to files. The value is given in octal "
+"and has to have 4 digits. To learn more about the file mask (fmask), you "
+"should read the <ulink url=\"man:/mount"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and <ulink url=\"man:/umask"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>umask</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> manual pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2383 index.docbook:2392
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: 0755"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2388
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Directory mask"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2391
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Sets the permissions that are applied to directories. The value is given in "
+"octal and has to have 4 digits. To learn more about the folder mask (dmask), "
+"you should read the <ulink url=\"man:/mount"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> and <ulink url=\"man:/umask"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>umask</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> manual pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2397
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Write access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2400
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Here you can determine if the shares should be mounted <emphasis>read-write</"
+"emphasis> or <emphasis>read-only</emphasis> by default. This option is "
+"independent of the file mask and the folder mask settings above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2401
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: read-write"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2406
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Client character set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2409
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sets the character set used by the client side (&ie; your computer)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2410 index.docbook:2420
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: default"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2415
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Server codepage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2418
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Sets the codepage the remote server uses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2419
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "This option is only available under FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2425
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "File system port"
+msgstr "Порт файловой системы"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2428
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Sets the file system port number that is used by <ulink url=\"man:/mount."
+#| "cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+#| "refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> when "
+#| "mounting a remote share. The default port number (445) should work for "
+#| "all modern operating systems. If you experience problems, try setting the "
+#| "port number to 139. If the problems only occur with a few hosts, it is "
+#| "recommended not to set the port number here globally, but to use the "
+#| "<link linkend=\"network_neighborhood_browser_custom\">Custom Options</"
+#| "link> dialog to define the port number individually for the problematic "
+#| "hosts."
+msgid ""
+"Sets the file system port number that is used by <ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> when mounting a remote share. The default "
+"port number (445) should work for all modern operating systems. If you "
+"experience problems, try setting the port number to 139. If the problems "
+"only occur with a few hosts, it is recommended to leave this option "
+"untouched and to use the <link linkend="
+"\"network_neighborhood_browser_defining_custom_options\">Custom Options</"
+"link> dialog to define individual port numbers for the problematic hosts."
+msgstr ""
+"Устанавливает номер порта файловой системы, используемый программой <ulink "
+"url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> при "
+"подключении общей папки. Используемый по умолчанию порт 445 будет работать "
+"на большинстве современных операционных систем. При возникновении проблем "
+"попробуйте поменять номер порта на 139. Если проблема возникает только при "
+"подключении к некоторым хостам, рекомендуется выполнить смену порта не "
+"здесь, а отдельно для каждого проблемного хоста, указав для них <link "
+"linkend=\"network_neighborhood_browser_custom\">особые параметры</link>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2429
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This option is only available under &Linux;. Under FreeBSD, the port for "
+#| "mounting shares is set with <guibutton>SMB port</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"This option is only available under &Linux;. Under FreeBSD, the port for "
+"mounting shares is set with the <guibutton>SMB port</guibutton> option."
+msgstr ""
+"Этот параметр доступен только в &Linux;. Во FreeBSD для подключения общих "
+"папок используется порт, указанный в поле <guibutton>порт SMB</guibutton>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2430
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: 445"
+msgstr "Значение по умолчанию: 445"
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2441
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Advanced Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: emphasis
+#: index.docbook:2443
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "(This widget is not available under FreeBSD and NetBSD.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2444
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Most of the options you can define here require &Linux; kernel 2.6.15 or "
+"later to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2448
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Definitely assign the UID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2451
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Instruct the client (i.e. your side) to ignore any user ID (UID) provided by "
+"the server for files and directories and to always assign the owner to be "
+"the value of the transmitted UID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2457
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Definitely assign the GID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2460
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Instruct the client (i.e. your side) to ignore any group ID (GID) provided "
+"by the server for files and directories and to always assign the owner to be "
+"the value of the transmitted GID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2466
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do permission checks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2469
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The client side checks if you have the correct UID and GID to manipulate "
+"files and directories on the share. This is in addition to the normal ACL "
+"check on the target machine done by the server software. You might want to "
+"switch this feature off, if the server(s) support the CIFS Unix extensions "
+"and you are, hence, not allowed to access the share."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2475
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Attempt to set UID and GID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2478
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If the CIFS Unix extensions are negotiated with the server the client side "
+"will attempt to set the effective UID and GID of the local process on newly "
+"created files, directories, and devices. If this feature is turned off, the "
+"default UID and GID defined for the share will be used. It is recommended "
+"that you read the manual page of <ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> before you change this setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2484
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use server inode numbers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2487
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Use inode numbers (unique persistent file identifiers) returned by the "
+"server instead of automatically generating temporary inode numbers on the "
+"client side. This parameter has no effect if the server does not support "
+"returning inode numbers or similar. It is recommended that you read the "
+"manual page of <ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> before you change this setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2493
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Translate reserved characters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2496
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Translate six of the seven reserved characters (not backslash, but including "
+"the colon, question mark, pipe, asterisk, greater than and less than "
+"characters) to the remap range (above 0xF000), which also allows the client "
+"side to recognize files created with such characters by &Windows;’s POSIX "
+"emulation. This can also be useful when mounting to most versions of Samba. "
+"This has no effect if the server does not support Unicode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2502
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do not use locking"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2505
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do not use locking. Do not start lockd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2511
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "SMB protocol version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2514
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Define which version of the SMB protocol is to be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2515 index.docbook:2562
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The following values are allowed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2519
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "1.0 (Classic CIFS/SMBv1 protocol)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2522
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>vers=1.0</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use the "
+"classic CIFS/SMBv1 protocol."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2527
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "2.0 (Windows Vista SP1/Windows Server 2008)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2530
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>vers=2.0</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use the "
+"SMBv2.002 protocol. This was initially introduced in Windows Vista Service "
+"Pack 1, and Windows Server 2008."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2532
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Note that the initial release version of Windows Vista spoke a slightly "
+"different dialect (2.000) that is not supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2538
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "2.1 (Windows 7/Windows Server 2008R2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2541
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>vers=2.1</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use the "
+"SMBv2.1 protocol that was introduced in Microsoft Windows 7 and Windows "
+"Server 2008R2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2546
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "3.0 (Windows 8/Windows Server 2012)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2549
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>vers=3.0</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use the "
+"SMBv3.0 protocol that was introduced in Microsoft Windows 8 and Windows "
+"Server 2012."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2553
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: <guibutton>1.0 (Classic CIFS/SMBv1 protocol)</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2558
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Cache mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2561
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Define how read and write requests are handled. In case you choose to not "
+"cache file data at all, the client never utilizes the cache for normal reads "
+"and writes. It always accesses the server directly to satisfy a read or "
+"write request. If you choose to follow the CIFS/SMB2 protocol strictly, the "
+"cache is only trusted if the client holds an oplock. If the client does not "
+"hold an oplock, then the client bypasses the cache and accesses the server "
+"directly to satisfy a read or write request. Choosing to allow loose caching "
+"semantics can sometimes provide better performance on the expense of cache "
+"coherency. This option might cause data corruption, if several clients "
+"access the same set of files on the server at the same time. Because of "
+"this, the strict cache mode is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2566
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do not cache file data at all"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2569
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>cache=none</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to not cache "
+"file data at all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2574
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Follow the CIFS/SMB2 protocol strictly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2577
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>cache=strict</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to follow the "
+"CIFS/SMB2 protocol strictly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2582
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Allow loose caching semantics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2585
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>cache=loose</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to allow loose "
+"caching semantics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2589
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: <guibutton>Follow the CIFS/SMB2 protocol strictly</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2594
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Security mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2597
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Security mode. To be able to use this option, the CIFS kernel module 1.40 or "
+"later is needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2598
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The allowed values are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2602
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Connect as a null user (no name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2605
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>sec=none</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to attempt to "
+"connect as a null user (no name)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2610
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Kerberos 5 authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2613
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>sec=krb5</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use "
+"Kerberos version 5 authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2618
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Kerberos 5 authentication and packet signing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2621
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>sec=krb5i</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use "
+"Kerberos version 5 authentication and force packet signing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2626
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "NTLM protocol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2629
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>sec=ntlm</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use NTLM "
+"password hashing. Up to &Linux; kernel version 3.8 this is the default "
+"setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2634
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "NTLM protocol and packet signing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2637
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>sec=ntlmi</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use NTLM "
+"password hashing and force packet signing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2642
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "NTLMv2 protocol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2645
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>sec=ntlmv2</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use NTLMv2 "
+"password hashing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2650
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "NTLMv2 protocol and packet signing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2653
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>sec=ntlmv2i</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use NTLMv2 "
+"password hashing and force packet signing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2658
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "NTLMSSP protocol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2661
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>sec=ntlmssp</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use NTLMv2 "
+"password hashing encapsulated in a Raw NTLMSSP message. Since &Linux; kernel "
+"version 3.8 this is the default setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2666
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "NTLMSSP protocol and packet signing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2669
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <option>sec=ntlmssp</option> command line argument is used. This causes "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to use NTLMv2 "
+"password hashing encapsulated in a Raw NTLMSSP message and force packet "
+"signing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2673
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: <guibutton>NTLMSSP protocol</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2678
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Additional options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Define additional options for use with <ulink url=\"man:/mount.cifs"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount.cifs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink>. Clicking the edit button to the right of "
+"the line edit opens an input dialog where the options have to be provided in "
+"a comma-separated list. After clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> in the "
+"input dialog, the options will be checked against a whitelist. All valid "
+"entries are accepted and entered into to line edit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2682 index.docbook:3192
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: empty"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2696
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This configuration page contains options that influence the behavior of the "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> command that "
+"is used to synchronize remote shares with local copies and vice versa. It is "
+"only available, if <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> is installed on your system. It is "
+"recommended that you read the <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\">manual page</ulink> "
+"before you use the synchronization feature the first time. However, safe "
+"settings are pre-defined. You will do no harm, if you start right away."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:2699
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the \"Synchronization\" configuration page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:2702
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The \"Synchronization\" configuration page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2711
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Copying"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2714
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default Destination"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2719
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Synchronization prefix"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2722
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the base folder below which &smb4k; stores the transferred data "
+"using <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink>. It can be "
+"changed by using the &URL; requester (Click the button with the folder "
+"icon.) or by directly entering the new path into the text box. Path "
+"variables like $HOME are recognized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2723
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For each share you synchronize, a new subdirectory below this prefix will be "
+"generated. If you want to synchronize the contents of a share to a different "
+"folder, you can define it in the <link linkend=\"shares_view_synchronization"
+"\">synchronization dialog</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2724
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: <filename class=\"directory\">$HOME/smb4k_sync/</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2731 index.docbook:3122 index.docbook:3229
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "General"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2736
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Archive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2739
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Option: <option>-a</option>/<option>--archive</option>, same as <option>-"
+"rlptgoD</option> (no <option>-H</option>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2740
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Switch the archive mode on. This is a quick way of saying you want recursion "
+"and want to preserve almost everything. Note that <option>-a</option> does "
+"not preserve hardlinks, because finding multiply-linked files is expensive. "
+"You must separately specify <option>-H</option>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2746
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Recurse into subdirectories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2749
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-r</option>/<option>--recursive</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2750
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Recurse into subdirectories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2756
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Update files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2759
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-u</option>/<option>--update</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2760
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This forces <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to skip any "
+"files that exist on the destination and have a modification time that is "
+"newer than the one of the source file. (If an existing destination file has "
+"a modification time equal to the source file's, it will be updated if the "
+"sizes are different.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Update files in place"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2769
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--inplace</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2770
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This causes <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> not to create "
+"a new copy of the file and then move it into place. Instead <ulink url="
+"\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> will overwrite "
+"the existing file, meaning that the rsync algorithm cannot accomplish the "
+"full amount of network reduction it might be able to otherwise. One "
+"exception to this is if you combine the option with <option>--backup</"
+"option>, since <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> is smart "
+"enough to use the backup file as the basis file for the transfer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2771 index.docbook:2792
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For further information you ought to read the <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\">manual page</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2777
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use relative path names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2780
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-R</option>/<option>--relative</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2781
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Use relative path names. This means that the full path names specified on "
+"the command line are sent to the server rather than just the last parts of "
+"the file names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2787
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do not send implied directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2790
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--no-implied-dirs</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2791
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option affects the default behavior of the <option>--relative</option> "
+"option. When it is specified, the attributes of the implied directories from "
+"the source names are not included in the transfer. This means that the "
+"corresponding path elements on the destination system are left unchanged if "
+"they exist, and any missing implied directories are created with default "
+"attributes. This even allows these implied path elements to have big "
+"differences, such as being a symlink to a folder on one side of the "
+"transfer, and a real folder on the other side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2798
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Transfer directories without recursing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2801
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-d</option>/<option>--dirs</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2802
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Tell the sending side to include any directories that are encountered. "
+"Unlike <option>--recursive</option>, a folders contents is not copied unless "
+"the folder name specified is \".\" or ends with a trailing slash (&eg; \"."
+"\", \"dir/.\", \"dir/\", &etc;). Without this option or the <option>--"
+"recursive</option> option, <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> will skip all directories it encounters "
+"(and output a message to that effect for each one). If you specify both "
+"<option>--dirs</option> and <option>--recursive</option>, <option>--"
+"recursive</option> takes precedence."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2808
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Compress data during transfer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2811
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-z</option>/<option>--compress</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2812
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Compress file data during the transfer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2820
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Links"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2825
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preserve symlinks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2828
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-l</option>/<option>--links</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2829
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Copy symlinks as symlinks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2835
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Transform symlinks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2838
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-L</option>/<option>--copy-links</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2839
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"When symlinks are encountered, the item that they point to is copied, rather "
+"than the symlink."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2845
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Only transform unsafe symlinks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2848
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--copy-unsafe-links</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Only transform \"unsafe\" symlinks. This means if a symlink is encountered "
+"that is pointing outside the copied tree, the referenced item is transferred "
+"rather than the symlink itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2855
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Ignore unsafe symlinks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2858
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--safe-links</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2859
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to ignore any "
+"symbolic links which point outside the copied tree. All absolute symlinks "
+"are also ignored. Using this option in conjunction with <option>--relative</"
+"option> may give unexpected results."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2865
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preserve hard links"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2868
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-H</option>/<option>--hard-links</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2869
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to look for "
+"hard-linked files in the transfer and link together the corresponding files "
+"on the receiving side. Without this option, hard-linked files in the "
+"transfer are treated as though they were separate files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2870
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Note that <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> can only "
+"detect hard links if both parts of the link are in the list of files being "
+"sent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2876
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Keep directory symlinks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2879
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-K</option>/<option>--keep-dirlinks</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2880
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option causes the receiving side to treat a symlink to a directory as "
+"though it were a real directory, but only if it matches a real directory "
+"from the sender. Without this option, the receiver's symlink would be "
+"deleted and replaced with a real directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "File Permissions, &etc;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2893
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preserve permissions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2896
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-p</option>/<option>--perms</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2897
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option causes the receiving side to set the destination permissions to "
+"be the same as the source permissions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2903
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preserve group"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2906
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-g</option>/<option>--group</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2907
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option causes <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to set the group of the destination file "
+"to be the same as the on of the source file. If the receiving program is not "
+"running as the super-user (or with the <option>--no-super</option> option), "
+"only groups that the receiver is a member of will be preserved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2913
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preserve owner"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2916
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-o</option>/<option>--owner</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2917
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option causes <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to set the owner of the destination file "
+"to be the same as the one of the source file. By default, the preservation "
+"is done by name, but may fall back to using the ID number in some "
+"circumstances (see the <option>--numeric-ids</option> option for a full "
+"discussion). This option has no effect if the receiving <ulink url=\"man:/"
+"rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> is not run as the super user and <option>--"
+"super</option> is not specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2923
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preserve device and special files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2926
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-D</option>/<option>--devices --specials</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2927
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option causes <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to transfer character and block device "
+"files as well as special files (such as named sockets and fifos) to the "
+"remote system. This option has no effect if the receiving side is not run as "
+"the super user and <option>--super</option> is not specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2933
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Preserve times"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2936
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-t</option>/<option>--times</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2937
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to transfer "
+"modification times along with the files and update them on the remote system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2943
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Omit directories when preserving times"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2946
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-O</option>/<option>--omit-dir-times</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2947
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to omit "
+"directories when it is preserving modification times (see <option>--times</"
+"option>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2960
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "File Deletion &amp; Transfer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:2963
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "File Deletion"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2968
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Remove synchronized source files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2971
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--remove-source-files</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2972
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to remove from "
+"the sending side the files (meaning non-directories) that are a part of the "
+"transfer and have been successfully duplicated on the receiving side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2978
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Delete extraneous files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2981
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--delete</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2982
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to delete "
+"extraneous files from the receiving side (ones that aren't on the sending "
+"side), but only for the directories that are being synchronized. You must "
+"have asked <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to send the "
+"whole folder (&eg; \"<filename class=\"directory\">dir</filename>\" or "
+"\"<filename class=\"directory\">dir/</filename>\") without using a wildcard "
+"for the folders contents (&eg; \"<filename class=\"directory\">dir/*</"
+"filename>\") since the wildcard is expanded by the shell and <ulink url="
+"\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> thus gets a "
+"request to transfer individual files, not the files' parent folder. Files "
+"that are excluded from transfer are also excluded from being deleted unless "
+"you use the <option>--delete-excluded</option> option or mark the rules as "
+"only matching on the sending side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2988
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Delete files before transfer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2991
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--delete-before</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:2992
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Request that the file deletions on the receiving side be done before the "
+"transfer starts. This is the default if <option>--delete</option> or "
+"<option>--delete-excluded</option> is specified without one of the <option>--"
+"delete-WHEN</option> options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:2998
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Delete files after transfer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3001
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--delete-after</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3002
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Request that the file deletions on the receiving side be done after the "
+"transfer has completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3008
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Delete files during transfer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3011
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--delete-during</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3012
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Request that the file deletions on the receiving side be done incrementally "
+"as the transfer happens. This is a faster method than choosing the before- "
+"or after-transfer algorithm, but it is only supported beginning with <ulink "
+"url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> version 2.6.4."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3018
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Also delete excluded files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--delete-excluded</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3022
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In addition to deleting the files on the receiving side that are not on the "
+"sending side, this tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to also delete any files on the receiving "
+"side that are excluded (see <option>--exclude</option>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3028
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Delete even if I/O errors occur"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3031
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--ignore-errors</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3032
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Tells <option>--delete</option> to go ahead and delete files even when there "
+"are I/O errors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3038
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Force deletion of non-void directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3041
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--force</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3042
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to delete a non-empty folder when it is to "
+"be replaced by a non-folder. This is only relevant if deletions are not "
+"active (see <option>--delete</option>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3050
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Restrictions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3055
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do not delete more than this many files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--max-delete=NUM</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3059
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> not to delete "
+"more than NUM files or directories (NUM must be non-zero). This is useful "
+"when mirroring very large trees to prevent disasters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3060 index.docbook:3358
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: not selected; NUM: 0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3067
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "File Transfer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3072
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do not transfer any file smaller than"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3075
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--min-size=NUM</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3076
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to avoid "
+"transferring any file that is smaller than the specified SIZE, which can "
+"help in not transferring small, junk files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3077 index.docbook:3087
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: not selected; NUM: 0 kB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3082
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do not transfer any file larger than"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3085
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--max-size=NUM</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3086
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to avoid "
+"transferring any file that is larger than the specified SIZE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3092
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Keep partially transferred files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3095
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--partial</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3096
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"By default, <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> will delete "
+"any partially transferred file if the transfer is interrupted. In some "
+"circumstances it is more desirable to keep partially transferred files. "
+"Using the <option>--partial</option> option tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to keep the partial file which should make "
+"a subsequent transfer of the rest of the file much faster."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3102
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Put partially transferred files into"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3105
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--partial-dir=DIR</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3106
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"A better way to keep partial files than the <option>--partial</option> "
+"option is to specify a folder DIR that will be used to hold the partial data "
+"(instead of writing it out to the destination file). On the next transfer, "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> will use a "
+"file found in this folder as data to speed up the resumption of the transfer "
+"and then delete it after it has served its purpose. Before you tick this "
+"option, you should read the <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\">manual page</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3107
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Default: not selected; DIR: <filename class=\"directory\">$HOME</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3119
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Filtering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3127
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Auto-ignore files in the same way CVS does"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3130
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-C</option>/<option>--cvs-exclude</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3131
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is a useful shorthand for excluding a broad range of files that you "
+"often don't want to transfer between systems. It uses the same algorithm "
+"that CVS uses to determine if a file should be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3137
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Exclude files matching this pattern"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3140
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--exclude=PATTERN</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3141
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option is a simplified form of the <option>--filter</option> option "
+"that defaults to an exclude rule and does not allow the full rule-parsing "
+"syntax of normal filter rules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3142 index.docbook:3162
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: not selected; PATTERN: empty"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3147
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Read exclude patterns from"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3150
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--exclude-from=FILE</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3151
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option is related to the <option>--exclude</option> option, but it "
+"specifies a FILE that contains exclude patterns (one per line). Blank lines "
+"in the file and lines starting with ';' or '#' are ignored. You have to "
+"choose an existing file to make this option work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3152
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: not selected; FILE: <filename>$HOME/exclude.txt</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3157
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do not exclude files matching this pattern"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3160
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--include=PATTERN</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3161
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option is a simplified form of the <option>--filter</option> option "
+"that defaults to an include rule and does not allow the full rule-parsing "
+"syntax of normal filter rules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3167
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Read include patterns from"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3170
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--include-from=FILE</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3171
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option is related to the <option>--include</option> option, but it "
+"specifies a FILE that contains include patterns (one per line). Blank lines "
+"in the file and lines starting with ';' or '#' are ignored. You have to "
+"choose an existing file to make this option work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3172
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: not selected; FILE: <filename>$HOME/include.txt</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3179
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Filter Rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3184
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Custom filter rules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3187
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-f</option>/<option>--filter=RULE</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3188
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You can define one or more filter rules here. Each rule has to be prefixed "
+"with the <option>--filter=</option> or <option>-f</option> option string, "
+"because the contents of the text box will be passed to the <ulink url=\"man:/"
+"rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> command AS IS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3189
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to add rules to selectively exclude certain files "
+"from the list of files to be transferred. This is most useful in combination "
+"with a recursive transfer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3190
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You may use as many <option>--filter</option> options as you like to build "
+"up the list of files to exclude."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3191
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"See the FILTER RULES section of the <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\">manual page</"
+"ulink> for detailed information on this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3197
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use --filter='dir-merge /.rsync-filter' filter rule"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3200
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-F</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3201
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to look for per-folder <filename>.rsync-"
+"filter</filename> files that have been sprinkled through the hierarchy and "
+"use their rules to filter the files in the transfer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3202 index.docbook:3213
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"See the FILTER RULES section of the <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\">manual page</"
+"ulink> for detailed information on how this option works."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3208
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use --filter='exclude .rsync-filter' filter rule"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3211
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-FF</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3212
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option filters out the <filename>.rsync-filter</filename> files "
+"themselves from the transfer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3234
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Handle sparse files efficiently"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3237
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-S</option>/<option>--sparse</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3238
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Try to handle sparse files efficiently so they take up less space on the "
+"destination. Conflicts with <option>--inplace</option> because it's not "
+"possible to overwrite data in a sparse fashion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Do not use this option when the destination is a &Solaris; \"tmpfs\" file "
+"system. It doesn't seem to handle seeks over null regions correctly and ends "
+"up corrupting the files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3245
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Copy files whole (no rsync algorithm)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3248
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-W</option>/<option>--whole-file</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3249
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"With this option the incremental <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> algorithm is not used and the whole file "
+"is sent as-is instead. The transfer may be faster if this option is used "
+"when the bandwidth between the source and destination machines is higher "
+"than the bandwidth to disk (especially when the \"disk\" is actually a "
+"networked file system). This is the default when both the source and "
+"destination are specified as local paths."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3255
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Do not cross file system boundaries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3258
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-x</option>/<option>--one-file-system</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3259
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to avoid "
+"crossing a file system boundary when recursing. This does not limit the "
+"user's ability to specify items to copy from multiple file systems, just "
+"<ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink>'s recursion "
+"through the hierarchy of each folder that the user specified, and also the "
+"analogous recursion on the receiving side during deletion. Also keep in mind "
+"that <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> treats a \"bind"
+"\" mount to the same device as being on the same file system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3265
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Only update files that already exist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3268
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Option: <option>--existing</option>/<option>--ignore-non-existing</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3269
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to skip "
+"updating files that do not exist yet on the destination. If this option is "
+"combined with the <option>--ignore-existing</option> option, no files will "
+"be updated (which can be useful if all you want to do is to delete missing "
+"files)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3275
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Ignore files that already exist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3278
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--ignore-existing</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3279
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This tells <ulink url=\"man:/rsync\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> to skip "
+"updating files that already exist on the destination. See also <option>--"
+"ignore-non-existing</option>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3285
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Delay updates until the end of transfer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3288
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--delay-updates</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3289
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option puts the temporary file from each updated file into a holding "
+"folder until the end of the transfer, at which time all the files are "
+"renamed into place in rapid succession."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3290
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"It is strongly recommended that you read the <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\">manual page</ulink> before using this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3298
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Backup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3303
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Make backups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3306
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-b</option>/<option>--backups</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3307
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"With this option, preexisting destination files are renamed as each file is "
+"transferred or deleted. You can control where the backup file goes and what "
+"(if any) suffix gets appended using the <option>--backup-dir</option> and "
+"<option>--suffix</option> options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3308
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Note that if you don't specify <option>--backup-dir</option>, (1) the "
+"<option>--omit-dir-times</option> option will be implied, and (2) if "
+"<option>--delete</option> is also in effect (without <option>--delete-"
+"excluded</option>), <ulink url=\"man:/rsync"
+"\"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>rsync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> will add a \"protect\" filter-rule for the "
+"backup suffix to the end of all your existing excludes (&eg; <option>-f \"P "
+"*~\"</option>). This will prevent previously backed-up files from being "
+"deleted. Note that if you are supplying your own filter rules, you may need "
+"to manually insert your own exclude/protect rule somewhere higher up in the "
+"list so that it has a high enough priority to be effective (&eg;, if your "
+"rules specify a trailing inclusion/exclusion of '*', the auto-added rule "
+"would never be reached)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3314
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Backup suffix"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3317
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--suffix=SUFFIX</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3318
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to override the default backup suffix used with the "
+"<option>--backup</option> option. The default suffix is a <emphasis>~</"
+"emphasis> if no <option>--backup-dir</option> was specified, otherwise it is "
+"an empty string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3319 index.docbook:3330
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This option is only available if you ticked the <guilabel>Make backups</"
+"guilabel> option above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3320
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: not selected; SUFFIX: ~"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3325
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Backup directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3328
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--backup-dir=DIR</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3329
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In combination with the <option>--backup</option> option, this tells rsync "
+"to store all backups in the specified folder. This is very useful for "
+"incremental backups. You can additionally specify a backup suffix using the "
+"<option>--suffix</option> option (otherwise the files backed up in the "
+"specified folder will keep their original filenames)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3331
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: not selected; DIR: <envar>$HOME</envar>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3338
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Checksums"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3343
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Force fixed checksum block size"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3346
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-B</option>/<option>--block-size=SIZE</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3347
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This forces the block size used in the rsync algorithm to a fixed value. It "
+"is normally selected based on the size of each file being updated. See the "
+"<ulink url=\"http://rsync.samba.org/tech_report/\">technical report</ulink> "
+"for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3348
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Default: not selected; SIZE: 0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3353
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Set block/file checksum seed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3356
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>--checksum-seed=NUM</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3357
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Set the MD4 checksum seed to the integer NUM. This 4 byte checksum seed is "
+"included in each block and file MD4 checksum calculation. By default the "
+"checksum seed is generated by the server and defaults to the current time(). "
+"This option is used to set a specific checksum seed, which is useful for "
+"applications that want repeatable block and file checksums, or in the case "
+"where the user wants a more random checksum seed. Note that setting NUM to 0 "
+"causes rsync to use the default of time() for checksum seed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3363
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Skip files based on checksum"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3366
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Option: <option>-c</option>/<option>--checksum</option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3367
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This forces the sender to checksum every regular file using a 128-bit MD4 "
+"checksum. It does this during the initial file system scan as it builds the "
+"list of all available files. The receiver then checksums its version of each "
+"file (if it exists and it has the same size as its sender-side counterpart) "
+"in order to decide which files need to be updated: files with either a "
+"changed size or a changed checksum are selected for transfer. Since this "
+"whole-file checksumming of all files on both sides of the connection occurs "
+"in addition to the automatic checksum verifications that occur during a "
+"file's transfer, this option can be quite slow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3382
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Custom Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3384
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"All servers and shares for which you defined custom options are listed here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:3387
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Screenshot of the \"Custom Options\" configuration tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:3390
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The \"Custom Options\" configuration tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3394
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The options defined for a network item can be edited by either double "
+"clicking an entry in the list view or by choosing the <guimenuitem>Edit</"
+"guimenuitem> item from the popup menu (right click on the selected item). "
+"The custom options are then being loaded and can be edited. To remove an "
+"entry, right click it and choose the <guimenuitem>Remove</guimenuitem> item "
+"from the popup menu. All network items may be removed at once by choosing "
+"the <guimenuitem>Clear List</guimenuitem> item. Changes can be reset by "
+"choosing the <guimenuitem>Undo</guimenuitem> item from the popup menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3396
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The custom options are accessible through the editor widgets on the right. "
+"In the <guilabel>General</guilabel> section the UNC address of the network "
+"item and its editable IP address are shown. In case of a share, you can also "
+"define whether it should always be remounted. Below, the custom options are "
+"arranged in two tabs:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3405
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You can edit various Samba settings here. Which ones are available depends "
+"on the operating system you are using. For more information, have a look at "
+"the description of the <link linkend=\"configuration_page_samba\">Samba</"
+"link> configuration page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3415
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Here you can edit the options that you previously defined through the <link "
+"linkend=\"network_neighborhood_browser_defining_custom_options\">Custom "
+"Options</link> dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3426
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"On this page you can enable the use of profiles and manage your profiles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screeninfo
+#: index.docbook:3429
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "Screenshot of the bookmarks addition dialog"
+msgid "Screenshot of the \"Profiles\" configuration tab"
+msgstr "Снимок диалогового окна добавления закладки"
+
+#. Tag: phrase
+#: index.docbook:3432
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The \"Profiles\" configuration tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3441
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3446
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use profiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3449
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Make Smb4K use profiles. This enables you to define different bookmarks and "
+"custom options for each profile. This is especially useful if you are using "
+"a laptop in different network neighborhoods, &eg; at home and at work. When "
+"enabling this setting the first time, the first entry in the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_profiles_profiles\">profiles list</link> will be the active "
+"profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: guibutton
+#: index.docbook:3455
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Use profile migration assistant"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3458
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Use the profile migration assistant when profiles are removed or the use of "
+"profiles is enabled or disabled. The profile migration assistant allows you "
+"to migrate all settings that were saved for a certain profile to a different "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3472
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Here, you can manage your profiles. By default, there are two pre-defined "
+"ones (<guilabel>Home</guilabel> and <guilabel>Work</guilabel>), but you can "
+"add your own ones. When you enabled the use of profiles the first time, the "
+"first entry in the list will be the active profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3473
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"When you rename a profile, the settings are migrated automatically (without "
+"showing the migration assistant). If you enabled the use of the migration "
+"assistant, it is shown when you remove a profile giving you the opportunity "
+"to migrate the stored settings to another profile. If the use of the "
+"migration assistant is disabled, the profile and all of its settings are "
+"removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3483
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Command Reference"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3490
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The File Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3495
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Profiles</guisubmenu>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3501
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Select the profile to use. This menu entry is disabled if the user did not "
+"enabled the use of profiles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3502
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Two profiles are predefined:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3506
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Profiles</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Home</"
+"guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3513
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "A profile for use at home"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3518
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Profiles</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Work</"
+"guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3525
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "A profile for use at work"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3533
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3540
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Quit &smb4k;."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3551
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Network Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3556
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycap>F5</keycap></shortcut> <guimenu>Network</guimenu> "
+"<guimenuitem>Scan Network|Workgroup|Computer</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3568
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Network</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Abort</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3580
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guimenu>Network</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3586
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Add a bookmark to the currently selected remote share. This action is "
+"disabled if no share is selected. Read the <link linkend=\"bookmarks_adding"
+"\">Adding Bookmarks</link> section for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3591
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Network</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open Mount Dialog</"
+"guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3603
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>T</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Network</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Authentication</"
+"guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3615
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Network</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Custom Options</"
+"guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3627
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>V</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Network</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Preview</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3639
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>P</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Network</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Print File</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3651
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>M</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Network</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mount</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3663
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>U</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Network</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Unmount</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3681
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Search Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3686
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3698
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Abort</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3710
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Clear</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3721
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>D</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mount</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3733
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>U</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Unmount</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3751
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Shares Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3756
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guimenu>Shares</guimenu> <guisubmenu>View Modes</guisubmenu>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3766
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<guimenu>Shares</guimenu> <guisubmenu>View Modes</guisubmenu> "
+"<guimenuitem>Icon View</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3778
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<guimenu>Shares</guimenu> <guisubmenu>View Modes</guisubmenu> "
+"<guimenuitem>List View</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3793
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>U</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Shares</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Unmount</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3800
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Unmount one or multiple selected shares. The ability to unmount shares is by "
+"default restricted to the ones that are owned by the user. However, you can "
+"change this behavior by changing the <link linkend="
+"\"configuration_page_shares_behavior\">settings</link> in the configuration "
+"dialog. If no share is selected in the shares view, this button is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3807
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>N</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Shares</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Unmount All</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3819
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guimenu>Shares</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3825
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Add a bookmark to the currently selected mounted share. This action is "
+"disabled if no share is selected. Read the <link linkend=\"bookmarks_adding"
+"\">Adding Bookmarks</link> section for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3830
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Y</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Shares</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Synchronize</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3842
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>L</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Shares</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open with Konsole</"
+"guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3849
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Open the base folder of the selected share in &konsole;."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3854
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>I</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Shares</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open with File Manager</"
+"guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3861
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Open the contents of the selected share in the default file manager (&eg; "
+"&dolphin;)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3872
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Bookmarks Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3877
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Edit Bookmarks</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3888
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>B</keycap></keycombo></"
+"shortcut> <guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</"
+"guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3900
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mount All Bookmarks</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3906
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Mount all top-level bookmarks at once. It is disabled if all bookmarked "
+"shares are mounted. This action is not present if there are no toplevel "
+"bookmarks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3917
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Settings Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3922
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars Shown</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3928
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "In this submenu you can enable or disable the toolbars."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3933
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Statusbar</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3939
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Hide or show the status bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3944
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dock Widgets</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3950
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Hide or show the dock widgets in the main window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: menuchoice
+#: index.docbook:3955
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure &smb4k;...</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3961
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Open the configuration dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3972
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The Help Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3974
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Additionally &smb4k; has the common &kde; <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menu "
+"items, for more information read the section about the <ulink url=\"help:/"
+"fundamentals/ui.html#menus-help\">Help Menu</ulink> of the &kde; "
+"Fundamentals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:3983
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Reporting Bugs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3985
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before filing a bug report, please read our <ulink url=\"https://sourceforge."
+"net/p/smb4k/wiki/Home/\">wiki</ulink>. Many common problems are already "
+"covered there. Also, try the <ulink url=\"https://sourceforge.net/projects/"
+"smb4k/files/\">latest version</ulink> of &smb4k;. Maybe your problem has "
+"already been fixed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3986
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Follow these directions for your bug report:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3988
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Describe <emphasis>in detail</emphasis> what you did to receive the problem "
+"you are reporting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3989
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Provide the version of &smb4k; and &kde;."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3990
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Mention your operating system (&Linux;, FreeBSD, &etc;) and the distribution "
+"that is running on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3991
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Include the full error message if an error dialog was displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3992
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you experienced a crash, attach a full backtrace. For this it is "
+"recommended that you (re-)compile &smb4k; with debugging symbols. How this "
+"is done is mentioned in the <link linkend=\"appendix_compilation"
+"\">Configuration, Compilation and Installation</link> chapter in the "
+"appendix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3993
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Add additional data, &eg; send a screen shot if you are reporting a &GUI; "
+"related problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:3995
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The recommended method to report a bug is to use the dialog that opens when "
+"you click the <menuchoice><guimenu>Help</guimenu><guimenuitem>Report Bug...</"
+"guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item. But you can also go directly to the "
+"<ulink url=\"https://bugs.kde.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=Smb4k&amp;"
+"format=guided\">KDE Bugtracking System</ulink> and fill out the form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:4004
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Credits and License"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4006
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Copyright &copy; 2003 - 2017, Alexander Reinholdt <email>alexander."
+"reinholdt@kdemail.net</email>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: trans_comment
+#: index.docbook:4008
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "CREDIT_FOR_TRANSLATORS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: chapter
+#: index.docbook:4008
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&underFDL; &underGPL;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:4013
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Developers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4016
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alexander Reinholdt <email>alexander.reinholdt@kdemail.net</email>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:4021
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Translations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4023
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Translations were contributed by the &kde; translators."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:4027
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Special Thanks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4029
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The &smb4k; team would like to thank everyone who contributed by sending "
+"patches. Also, a big \"Thank you!\" goes to Rashid N. Achilov "
+"<email>shelton@sentry.granch.ru</email>, who convinced us to port &smb4k; to "
+"FreeBSD and helped us a great deal to achieve this goal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:4039
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Appendix"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:4042
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "How to obtain &smb4k;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4044
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The latest stable release is available at <ulink url=\"https://sourceforge."
+"net/projects/smb4k/files/\">https://sourceforge.net/projects/smb4k/files/</"
+"ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:4048
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Requirements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4050
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; officially supports &Linux;, FreeBSD and NetBSD. Other operating "
+"systems might work as well, but haven't been tested."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4051
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "To compile &smb4k;, you need:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4053
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.cmake.org\">CMake</ulink> (&ge; 3.2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4054
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://gcc.gnu.org\">GNU Compiler Collection</ulink> (g++ &ge; "
+"4.0) or <ulink url=\"http://clang.llvm.org\">clang/LLVM</ulink> (&ge; 3.0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4056
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"&smb4k; depends on the following <ulink url=\"http://www.qt.io\">&Qt;</"
+"ulink> (&ge; 5.7.0) and <ulink url=\"http://www.kde.org\">&kf5;</ulink> "
+"(&ge; 5.31.0) modules:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4058
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "QtCore, QtGui, QtWidgets, QtTest, QtNetwork, QtPrintSupport, QtQml"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4059
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"KConfig, KAuth, KDocTools, KIconThemes, KWidgetsAddons, KI18n, KCompletion, "
+"KCoreAddons, Solid, KIO, KNotifications, KXmlGui, KJobWidgets, KWallet, "
+"KDBusAddons, KParts, KConfigWidgets, KNotifications, KWindowSystem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4061
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"It also runtime depends on the following <ulink url=\"http://www.kde.org"
+"\">&kf5;</ulink> (&ge; 5.31.0) modules:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4063
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Plasma"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4065
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "For a proper operation, you also need:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4067
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.samba.org\">Samba</ulink> (3.x or 4.x, 4.x "
+"recommended)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4068
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/LinuxCIFS_utils\">LinuxCIFS "
+"utils</ulink> (&Linux; only)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4070
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"To enable full functionality, you may also want to install these programs:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: ulink
+#: index.docbook:4072
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "rsync"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4074
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The list of changes can be found in the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: index.docbook:4082
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuration, Compilation and Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4084
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This section describes the configuration, compilation and installation of "
+"&smb4k;. Make sure, you have read the <link linkend=\"appendix_requirements"
+"\">Requirements</link> page before you start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4085
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"https://sourceforge.net/projects/smb4k/files\">Download</ulink> "
+"the version of Smb4K you are interested in and extract the source tarball:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: index.docbook:4087
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>tar</command> xvfJ smb4k-x.y.z.tar."
+"xz</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4089
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Replace x.y.z with the version number. Change into the source code directory "
+"and create a <filename class=\"directory\">build</filename> directory:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: index.docbook:4091
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>cd</command> <filename class="
+"\"directory\">smb4k-x.y.z</filename></userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>mkdir</command> <filename class="
+"\"directory\">build</filename></userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4093
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Change into the <filename class=\"directory\">build</filename> directory and "
+"configure the source code:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: index.docbook:4095
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>cd</command> <filename class="
+"\"directory\">build</filename></userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>cmake</command> -"
+"DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=`qtpaths --install-prefix` -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release "
+"<filename class=\"directory\">..</filename></userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4097
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If Smb4K cannot find some shared libraries after the installation (&eg; if "
+"you are using Kubuntu 16.04), it is necessary to add the <option>-"
+"DKDE_INSTALL_PLUGINDIR</option> argument to the command line above:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: index.docbook:4099
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>cd</command> <filename class="
+"\"directory\">build</filename></userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>cmake</command> -"
+"DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=`qtpaths --install-prefix` \\\n"
+"     -DKDE_INSTALL_PLUGINDIR=`qtpaths --plugin-dir` -"
+"DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release <filename class=\"directory\">..</filename></"
+"userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4101
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you want to compile Smb4K with debug symbols, replace Release by Debug. "
+"You should consider this if you experience &ie; a crash and want to either "
+"debug &smb4k; yourself or report a bug including a full backtrace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4102
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"There are also some &smb4k; specific arguments you might be interested in:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: entry
+#: index.docbook:4108
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Argument"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: entry
+#: index.docbook:4109
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Since"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: entry
+#: index.docbook:4110
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: entry
+#: index.docbook:4115
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "-DINSTALL_HEADER_FILES=yes|no"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: entry
+#: index.docbook:4116
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+#| msgid "5.0.0"
+msgid "1.0.0"
+msgstr "5.0.0"
+
+#. Tag: entry
+#: index.docbook:4117
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Install the core header files. This is off by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: entry
+#: index.docbook:4120
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "-DINSTALL_PLASMOID=yes|no"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: entry
+#: index.docbook:4121
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "1.1.0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: entry
+#: index.docbook:4122
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Install the plasmoid. This is on by default. For versions 2.0.x this option "
+"was removed, because the plasmoid was not ported yet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4128
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "After the configuration, compile and install &smb4k;:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: index.docbook:4130
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>make</command> &amp;&amp; "
+"<command>sudo make</command> install</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: index.docbook:4132
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you want to be able to remove &smb4k; with your package manager later on, "
+"use <application>checkinstall</application> instead of <command>make "
+"install</command>. The package should be present in your distribution's "
+"repository. Run:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: index.docbook:4134
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>make</command> &amp;&amp; "
+"<command>sudo checkinstall</command></userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "2014-01-xx"
+#~ msgstr "Январь 2014 года"
+
+#~ msgid "Handling Bookmarks"
+#~ msgstr "Управление закладками"
+
+#~ msgid "Use Kerberos for authentication in an Active Directory environment."
+#~ msgstr "Использовать Kerberos для идентификации в среде Active Directory."